* spu-tdep.c (info_spu_dma_command): Respect TSQV (tag status
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
... / ...
CommitLineData
1/* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6
7 This file is part of GDB.
8
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
13
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
18
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21
22#include "defs.h"
23#include <ctype.h>
24#include "hashtab.h"
25#include "symtab.h"
26#include "frame.h"
27#include "breakpoint.h"
28#include "gdbtypes.h"
29#include "expression.h"
30#include "gdbcore.h"
31#include "gdbcmd.h"
32#include "value.h"
33#include "command.h"
34#include "inferior.h"
35#include "gdbthread.h"
36#include "target.h"
37#include "language.h"
38#include "gdb_string.h"
39#include "demangle.h"
40#include "annotate.h"
41#include "symfile.h"
42#include "objfiles.h"
43#include "source.h"
44#include "linespec.h"
45#include "completer.h"
46#include "gdb.h"
47#include "ui-out.h"
48#include "cli/cli-script.h"
49#include "gdb_assert.h"
50#include "block.h"
51#include "solib.h"
52#include "solist.h"
53#include "observer.h"
54#include "exceptions.h"
55#include "memattr.h"
56#include "ada-lang.h"
57#include "top.h"
58#include "wrapper.h"
59
60#include "mi/mi-common.h"
61
62/* Prototypes for local functions. */
63
64static void catch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
65
66static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
67
68static void enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *);
69
70static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
71
72static void enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *);
73
74static void disable_command (char *, int);
75
76static void enable_command (char *, int);
77
78static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*)(struct breakpoint *));
79
80static void ignore_command (char *, int);
81
82static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
83
84static void clear_command (char *, int);
85
86static void catch_command (char *, int);
87
88static void watch_command (char *, int);
89
90static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
91
92static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
93
94static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
95
96struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line, enum bptype);
97
98static void check_duplicates (struct breakpoint *);
99
100static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
101
102static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
103 enum bptype bptype);
104
105static void describe_other_breakpoints (CORE_ADDR, asection *, int);
106
107static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
108
109static void breakpoint_1 (int, int);
110
111static bpstat bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location *, bpstat);
112
113static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
114
115static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
116
117static void commands_command (char *, int);
118
119static void condition_command (char *, int);
120
121static int get_number_trailer (char **, int);
122
123void set_breakpoint_count (int);
124
125typedef enum
126 {
127 mark_inserted,
128 mark_uninserted
129 }
130insertion_state_t;
131
132static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
133
134static enum print_stop_action print_it_typical (bpstat);
135
136static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
137
138static int watchpoint_check (void *);
139
140static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
141
142static void create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *);
143
144static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
145
146static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype, int *);
147
148static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
149
150static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
151
152static void watch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
153
154static void rwatch_command (char *, int);
155
156static void awatch_command (char *, int);
157
158static void do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp);
159
160static void create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag,
161 char *cond_string,
162 enum bptype bp_kind);
163
164static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
165
166static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
167
168static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
169
170static char *ep_find_event_name_end (char *arg);
171
172static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
173
174static char *ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg);
175
176static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
177 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
178
179static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
180
181static void ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s);
182
183static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc);
184
185static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
186
187static struct bp_location *
188allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bptype bp_type);
189
190static void update_global_location_list (int);
191
192static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
193
194static int is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt);
195
196static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
197
198static const char *
199bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
200{
201 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and represent
202 values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at a breakpoint. */
203 static char *bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
204 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
205}
206
207/* Prototypes for exported functions. */
208/* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
209 if such is available. */
210static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
211
212static void
213show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
214 struct cmd_list_element *c,
215 const char *value)
216{
217 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
218Debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
219 value);
220}
221
222/* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
223 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
224 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
225 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
226static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
227static void
228show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
229 struct cmd_list_element *c,
230 const char *value)
231{
232 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
233Debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
234 value);
235}
236
237/* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
238 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
239 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
240 use hardware breakpoints. */
241static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
242static void
243show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
244 struct cmd_list_element *c,
245 const char *value)
246{
247 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
248Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
249 value);
250}
251
252/* If 1, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is stopped,
253 and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If 0, gdb will insert
254 breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and will remove
255 breakpoints upon stop. */
256static int always_inserted_mode = 0;
257static void
258show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
259 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
260{
261 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"), value);
262}
263
264
265void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
266
267extern int addressprint; /* Print machine addresses? */
268
269/* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
270static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
271
272/* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
273static int overlay_events_enabled;
274
275/* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
276 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the current
277 breakpoint. */
278
279#define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
280
281#define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
282 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
283 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
284 B = TMP)
285
286/* Similar iterators for the low-level breakpoints. */
287
288#define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B) for (B = bp_location_chain; B; B = B->global_next)
289
290#define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
291 for (B = bp_location_chain; \
292 B ? (TMP=B->global_next, 1): 0; \
293 B = TMP)
294
295/* True if breakpoint hit counts should be displayed in breakpoint info. */
296
297int show_breakpoint_hit_counts = 1;
298
299/* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
300
301struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
302
303struct bp_location *bp_location_chain;
304
305/* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint,
306 unlinked from bp_location_chain, but for which a hit
307 may still be reported by a target. */
308VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
309
310/* Number of last breakpoint made. */
311
312int breakpoint_count;
313
314/* This function returns a pointer to the string representation of the
315 pathname of the dynamically-linked library that has just been
316 loaded.
317
318 This function must be used only when SOLIB_HAVE_LOAD_EVENT is TRUE,
319 or undefined results are guaranteed.
320
321 This string's contents are only valid immediately after the
322 inferior has stopped in the dynamic linker hook, and becomes
323 invalid as soon as the inferior is continued. Clients should make
324 a copy of this string if they wish to continue the inferior and
325 then access the string. */
326
327#ifndef SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME
328#define SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME(pid) ""
329#endif
330
331/* This function returns a pointer to the string representation of the
332 pathname of the dynamically-linked library that has just been
333 unloaded.
334
335 This function must be used only when SOLIB_HAVE_UNLOAD_EVENT is
336 TRUE, or undefined results are guaranteed.
337
338 This string's contents are only valid immediately after the
339 inferior has stopped in the dynamic linker hook, and becomes
340 invalid as soon as the inferior is continued. Clients should make
341 a copy of this string if they wish to continue the inferior and
342 then access the string. */
343
344#ifndef SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME
345#define SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME(pid) ""
346#endif
347
348/* This function is called by the "catch load" command. It allows the
349 debugger to be notified by the dynamic linker when a specified
350 library file (or any library file, if filename is NULL) is loaded. */
351
352#ifndef SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_LOAD_HOOK
353#define SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_LOAD_HOOK(pid,tempflag,filename,cond_string) \
354 error (_("catch of library loads not yet implemented on this platform"))
355#endif
356
357/* This function is called by the "catch unload" command. It allows
358 the debugger to be notified by the dynamic linker when a specified
359 library file (or any library file, if filename is NULL) is
360 unloaded. */
361
362#ifndef SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_UNLOAD_HOOK
363#define SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_UNLOAD_HOOK(pid, tempflag, filename, cond_string) \
364 error (_("catch of library unloads not yet implemented on this platform"))
365#endif
366
367/* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
368static int
369breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
370{
371 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
372}
373
374/* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
375
376void
377set_breakpoint_count (int num)
378{
379 breakpoint_count = num;
380 set_internalvar (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"),
381 value_from_longest (builtin_type_int, (LONGEST) num));
382}
383
384/* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
385
386void
387clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
388{
389 struct breakpoint *b;
390
391 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
392 b->hit_count = 0;
393}
394
395/* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
396 for "break" command with no arg.
397 if default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
398 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
399
400 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
401
402int default_breakpoint_valid;
403CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address;
404struct symtab *default_breakpoint_symtab;
405int default_breakpoint_line;
406\f
407/* *PP is a string denoting a breakpoint. Get the number of the breakpoint.
408 Advance *PP after the string and any trailing whitespace.
409
410 Currently the string can either be a number or "$" followed by the name
411 of a convenience variable. Making it an expression wouldn't work well
412 for map_breakpoint_numbers (e.g. "4 + 5 + 6").
413
414 If the string is a NULL pointer, that denotes the last breakpoint.
415
416 TRAILER is a character which can be found after the number; most
417 commonly this is `-'. If you don't want a trailer, use \0. */
418static int
419get_number_trailer (char **pp, int trailer)
420{
421 int retval = 0; /* default */
422 char *p = *pp;
423
424 if (p == NULL)
425 /* Empty line means refer to the last breakpoint. */
426 return breakpoint_count;
427 else if (*p == '$')
428 {
429 /* Make a copy of the name, so we can null-terminate it
430 to pass to lookup_internalvar(). */
431 char *varname;
432 char *start = ++p;
433 struct value *val;
434
435 while (isalnum (*p) || *p == '_')
436 p++;
437 varname = (char *) alloca (p - start + 1);
438 strncpy (varname, start, p - start);
439 varname[p - start] = '\0';
440 val = value_of_internalvar (lookup_internalvar (varname));
441 if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (val)) == TYPE_CODE_INT)
442 retval = (int) value_as_long (val);
443 else
444 {
445 printf_filtered (_("Convenience variable must have integer value.\n"));
446 retval = 0;
447 }
448 }
449 else
450 {
451 if (*p == '-')
452 ++p;
453 while (*p >= '0' && *p <= '9')
454 ++p;
455 if (p == *pp)
456 /* There is no number here. (e.g. "cond a == b"). */
457 {
458 /* Skip non-numeric token */
459 while (*p && !isspace((int) *p))
460 ++p;
461 /* Return zero, which caller must interpret as error. */
462 retval = 0;
463 }
464 else
465 retval = atoi (*pp);
466 }
467 if (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer))
468 {
469 /* Trailing junk: return 0 and let caller print error msg. */
470 while (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer))
471 ++p;
472 retval = 0;
473 }
474 while (isspace (*p))
475 p++;
476 *pp = p;
477 return retval;
478}
479
480
481/* Like get_number_trailer, but don't allow a trailer. */
482int
483get_number (char **pp)
484{
485 return get_number_trailer (pp, '\0');
486}
487
488/* Parse a number or a range.
489 * A number will be of the form handled by get_number.
490 * A range will be of the form <number1> - <number2>, and
491 * will represent all the integers between number1 and number2,
492 * inclusive.
493 *
494 * While processing a range, this fuction is called iteratively;
495 * At each call it will return the next value in the range.
496 *
497 * At the beginning of parsing a range, the char pointer PP will
498 * be advanced past <number1> and left pointing at the '-' token.
499 * Subsequent calls will not advance the pointer until the range
500 * is completed. The call that completes the range will advance
501 * pointer PP past <number2>.
502 */
503
504int
505get_number_or_range (char **pp)
506{
507 static int last_retval, end_value;
508 static char *end_ptr;
509 static int in_range = 0;
510
511 if (**pp != '-')
512 {
513 /* Default case: pp is pointing either to a solo number,
514 or to the first number of a range. */
515 last_retval = get_number_trailer (pp, '-');
516 if (**pp == '-')
517 {
518 char **temp;
519
520 /* This is the start of a range (<number1> - <number2>).
521 Skip the '-', parse and remember the second number,
522 and also remember the end of the final token. */
523
524 temp = &end_ptr;
525 end_ptr = *pp + 1;
526 while (isspace ((int) *end_ptr))
527 end_ptr++; /* skip white space */
528 end_value = get_number (temp);
529 if (end_value < last_retval)
530 {
531 error (_("inverted range"));
532 }
533 else if (end_value == last_retval)
534 {
535 /* degenerate range (number1 == number2). Advance the
536 token pointer so that the range will be treated as a
537 single number. */
538 *pp = end_ptr;
539 }
540 else
541 in_range = 1;
542 }
543 }
544 else if (! in_range)
545 error (_("negative value"));
546 else
547 {
548 /* pp points to the '-' that betokens a range. All
549 number-parsing has already been done. Return the next
550 integer value (one greater than the saved previous value).
551 Do not advance the token pointer 'pp' until the end of range
552 is reached. */
553
554 if (++last_retval == end_value)
555 {
556 /* End of range reached; advance token pointer. */
557 *pp = end_ptr;
558 in_range = 0;
559 }
560 }
561 return last_retval;
562}
563
564
565\f
566/* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
567
568static void
569condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
570{
571 struct breakpoint *b;
572 char *p;
573 int bnum;
574
575 if (arg == 0)
576 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
577
578 p = arg;
579 bnum = get_number (&p);
580 if (bnum == 0)
581 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
582
583 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
584 if (b->number == bnum)
585 {
586 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
587 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
588 {
589 if (loc->cond)
590 {
591 xfree (loc->cond);
592 loc->cond = 0;
593 }
594 }
595 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
596 xfree (b->cond_string);
597
598 if (*p == 0)
599 {
600 b->cond_string = NULL;
601 if (from_tty)
602 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), bnum);
603 }
604 else
605 {
606 arg = p;
607 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
608 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
609 b->cond_string = savestring (arg, strlen (arg));
610 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
611 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
612 {
613 arg = p;
614 loc->cond =
615 parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
616 if (*arg)
617 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
618 }
619 }
620 breakpoints_changed ();
621 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
622 return;
623 }
624
625 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
626}
627
628static void
629commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
630{
631 struct breakpoint *b;
632 char *p;
633 int bnum;
634 struct command_line *l;
635
636 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
637 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
638 being read from. */
639
640 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
641 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
642
643 p = arg;
644 bnum = get_number (&p);
645
646 if (p && *p)
647 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
648
649 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
650 if (b->number == bnum)
651 {
652 char *tmpbuf = xstrprintf ("Type commands for when breakpoint %d is hit, one per line.",
653 bnum);
654 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, tmpbuf);
655 l = read_command_lines (tmpbuf, from_tty);
656 do_cleanups (cleanups);
657 free_command_lines (&b->commands);
658 b->commands = l;
659 breakpoints_changed ();
660 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
661 return;
662 }
663 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
664}
665
666/* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
667 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
668
669 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
670 that are part of if and while bodies. */
671enum command_control_type
672commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
673{
674 struct breakpoint *b;
675 char *p;
676 int bnum;
677
678 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
679 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
680 being read from. */
681
682 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
683 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
684
685 /* An empty string for the breakpoint number means the last
686 breakpoint, but get_number expects a NULL pointer. */
687 if (arg && !*arg)
688 p = NULL;
689 else
690 p = arg;
691 bnum = get_number (&p);
692
693 if (p && *p)
694 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
695
696 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
697 if (b->number == bnum)
698 {
699 free_command_lines (&b->commands);
700 if (cmd->body_count != 1)
701 error (_("Invalid \"commands\" block structure."));
702 /* We need to copy the commands because if/while will free the
703 list after it finishes execution. */
704 b->commands = copy_command_lines (cmd->body_list[0]);
705 breakpoints_changed ();
706 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
707 return simple_control;
708 }
709 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
710}
711\f
712/* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
713 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents. */
714
715void
716breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte *buf, ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
717{
718 struct bp_location *b;
719 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
720 int bp_size = 0;
721 int bptoffset = 0;
722
723 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
724 {
725 if (b->owner->type == bp_none)
726 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
727 b->owner->number);
728
729 if (b->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
730 continue;
731 if (!b->inserted)
732 continue;
733 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
734 we need to copy. */
735 bp_addr = b->target_info.placed_address;
736 bp_size = b->target_info.shadow_len;
737 if (bp_size == 0)
738 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
739 continue;
740
741 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
742 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
743 are reading. */
744 continue;
745
746 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
747 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
748 reading. */
749 continue;
750
751 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
752 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
753 {
754 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
755 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
756 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
757 bp_addr = memaddr;
758 }
759
760 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
761 {
762 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
763 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
764 }
765
766 memcpy (buf + bp_addr - memaddr,
767 b->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
768 }
769}
770\f
771
772/* A wrapper function for inserting catchpoints. */
773static void
774insert_catchpoint (struct ui_out *uo, void *args)
775{
776 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) args;
777 int val = -1;
778
779 switch (b->type)
780 {
781 case bp_catch_fork:
782 target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
783 break;
784 case bp_catch_vfork:
785 target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
786 break;
787 case bp_catch_exec:
788 target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
789 break;
790 default:
791 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
792 break;
793 }
794}
795
796static int
797is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
798{
799 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
800 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
801 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
802}
803
804/* Find the current value of a watchpoint on EXP. Return the value in
805 *VALP and *RESULTP and the chain of intermediate and final values
806 in *VAL_CHAIN. RESULTP and VAL_CHAIN may be NULL if the caller does
807 not need them.
808
809 If an error occurs while evaluating the expression, *RESULTP will
810 be set to NULL. *RESULTP may be a lazy value, if the result could
811 not be read from memory. It is used to determine whether a value
812 is user-specified (we should watch the whole value) or intermediate
813 (we should watch only the bit used to locate the final value).
814
815 If the final value, or any intermediate value, could not be read
816 from memory, *VALP will be set to NULL. *VAL_CHAIN will still be
817 set to any referenced values. *VALP will never be a lazy value.
818 This is the value which we store in struct breakpoint.
819
820 If VAL_CHAIN is non-NULL, *VAL_CHAIN will be released from the
821 value chain. The caller must free the values individually. If
822 VAL_CHAIN is NULL, all generated values will be left on the value
823 chain. */
824
825static void
826fetch_watchpoint_value (struct expression *exp, struct value **valp,
827 struct value **resultp, struct value **val_chain)
828{
829 struct value *mark, *new_mark, *result;
830
831 *valp = NULL;
832 if (resultp)
833 *resultp = NULL;
834 if (val_chain)
835 *val_chain = NULL;
836
837 /* Evaluate the expression. */
838 mark = value_mark ();
839 result = NULL;
840 gdb_evaluate_expression (exp, &result);
841 new_mark = value_mark ();
842 if (mark == new_mark)
843 return;
844 if (resultp)
845 *resultp = result;
846
847 /* Make sure it's not lazy, so that after the target stops again we
848 have a non-lazy previous value to compare with. */
849 if (result != NULL
850 && (!value_lazy (result) || gdb_value_fetch_lazy (result)))
851 *valp = result;
852
853 if (val_chain)
854 {
855 /* Return the chain of intermediate values. We use this to
856 decide which addresses to watch. */
857 *val_chain = new_mark;
858 value_release_to_mark (mark);
859 }
860}
861
862/* Assuming that B is a hardware watchpoint:
863 - Reparse watchpoint expression, is REPARSE is non-zero
864 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
865 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
866
867 If the watchpoint is disabled, do nothing. If this is
868 local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete it. */
869static void
870update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, int reparse)
871{
872 int within_current_scope;
873 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
874 struct bp_location *loc;
875 bpstat bs;
876
877 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in
878 bp_location_chain and update_global_locations will
879 eventually delete them and remove breakpoints if
880 needed. */
881 b->loc = NULL;
882
883 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
884 return;
885
886 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
887 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
888 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
889 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
890 selected frame. */
891 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
892
893 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
894 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
895 within_current_scope = 1;
896 else
897 {
898 struct frame_info *fi;
899 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
900 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
901 if (within_current_scope)
902 select_frame (fi);
903 }
904
905 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
906 {
907 char *s;
908 if (b->exp)
909 {
910 xfree (b->exp);
911 b->exp = NULL;
912 }
913 s = b->exp_string;
914 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
915 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
916 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
917 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
918 be completely different objects. */
919 value_free (b->val);
920 b->val = NULL;
921 b->val_valid = 0;
922 }
923
924 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
925 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
926 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
927 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
928 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
929 if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
930 {
931 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
932
933 fetch_watchpoint_value (b->exp, &v, &result, &val_chain);
934
935 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
936 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
937 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
938 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly. */
939 if (!b->val_valid)
940 {
941 b->val = v;
942 b->val_valid = 1;
943 }
944
945 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
946 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
947 {
948 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
949 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
950 must watch it. If the first value returned is
951 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
952 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
953 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
954 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
955 {
956 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
957
958 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
959 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
960 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
961 if (v == result
962 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
963 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
964 {
965 CORE_ADDR addr;
966 int len, type;
967 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
968
969 addr = VALUE_ADDRESS (v) + value_offset (v);
970 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
971 type = hw_write;
972 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
973 type = hw_read;
974 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
975 type = hw_access;
976
977 loc = allocate_bp_location (b, bp_hardware_watchpoint);
978 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
979 ;
980 *tmp = loc;
981 loc->address = addr;
982 loc->length = len;
983 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
984 }
985 }
986
987 next = value_next (v);
988 if (v != b->val)
989 value_free (v);
990 }
991
992 /* We just regenerated the list of breakpoint locations.
993 The new location does not have its condition field set to anything
994 and therefore, we must always reparse the cond_string, independently
995 of the value of the reparse flag. */
996 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
997 {
998 char *s = b->cond_string;
999 b->loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1000 }
1001 }
1002 else if (!within_current_scope)
1003 {
1004 printf_filtered (_("\
1005Hardware watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block \n\
1006in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1007 b->number);
1008 if (b->related_breakpoint)
1009 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1010 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1011 }
1012
1013 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1014 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1015}
1016
1017
1018/* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1019 inserted in the inferior. */
1020static int
1021should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bpt)
1022{
1023 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner))
1024 return 0;
1025
1026 if (bpt->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1027 return 0;
1028
1029 if (!bpt->enabled || bpt->shlib_disabled || bpt->duplicate)
1030 return 0;
1031
1032 return 1;
1033}
1034
1035/* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BPT is the breakpoint.
1036 Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and DISABLED_BREAKS,
1037 PROCESS_WARNING, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1038
1039 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an object-style
1040 method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1041static int
1042insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bpt,
1043 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
1044 int *disabled_breaks, int *process_warning,
1045 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
1046{
1047 int val = 0;
1048
1049 if (!should_be_inserted (bpt) || bpt->inserted)
1050 return 0;
1051
1052 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1053 memset (&bpt->target_info, 0, sizeof (bpt->target_info));
1054 bpt->target_info.placed_address = bpt->address;
1055
1056 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1057 || bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1058 {
1059 if (bpt->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
1060 {
1061 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1062 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1063 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1064 Two important cases are:
1065 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1066 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1067 hardware breakpoint.
1068 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write.
1069 This means we've previously made the location hardware one, but
1070 then the memory map changed, so we undo.
1071
1072 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will
1073 use location types we've just set here, the only possible
1074 problem is that memory map has changed during running program,
1075 but it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
1076 struct mem_region *mr
1077 = lookup_mem_region (bpt->target_info.placed_address);
1078
1079 if (mr)
1080 {
1081 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
1082 {
1083 int changed = 0;
1084 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
1085
1086 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1087 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
1088 else
1089 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
1090
1091 if (new_type != bpt->loc_type)
1092 {
1093 static int said = 0;
1094 bpt->loc_type = new_type;
1095 if (!said)
1096 {
1097 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout, _("\
1098Note: automatically using hardware breakpoints for read-only addresses.\n"));
1099 said = 1;
1100 }
1101 }
1102 }
1103 else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1104 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1105 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint at readonly address %s"),
1106 paddr (bpt->address));
1107 }
1108 }
1109
1110 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1111 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1112 || bpt->section == NULL
1113 || !(section_is_overlay (bpt->section)))
1114 {
1115 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1116
1117 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1118 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1119 else
1120 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1121 }
1122 else
1123 {
1124 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1125 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1126 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1127 {
1128 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1129 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1130 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1131 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1132 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1133 bpt->owner->number);
1134 else
1135 {
1136 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bpt->address,
1137 bpt->section);
1138 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1139 bpt->overlay_target_info = bpt->target_info;
1140 bpt->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
1141 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->overlay_target_info);
1142 if (val != 0)
1143 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1144 "Overlay breakpoint %d failed: in ROM?",
1145 bpt->owner->number);
1146 }
1147 }
1148 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1149 if (section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1150 {
1151 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1152 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1153 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1154 else
1155 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1156 }
1157 else
1158 {
1159 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1160 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1161 return 0;
1162 }
1163 }
1164
1165 if (val)
1166 {
1167 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1168 if (solib_address (bpt->address))
1169 {
1170 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1171 val = 0;
1172 bpt->shlib_disabled = 1;
1173 if (!*disabled_breaks)
1174 {
1175 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1176 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1177 bpt->owner->number);
1178 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1179 "Temporarily disabling shared library breakpoints:\n");
1180 }
1181 *disabled_breaks = 1;
1182 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1183 "breakpoint #%d\n", bpt->owner->number);
1184 }
1185 else
1186 {
1187#ifdef ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
1188 *process_warning = 1;
1189#endif
1190 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1191 {
1192 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1193 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1194 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n",
1195 bpt->owner->number);
1196 }
1197 else
1198 {
1199 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1200 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1201 bpt->owner->number);
1202 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1203 "Error accessing memory address ");
1204 fputs_filtered (paddress (bpt->address), tmp_error_stream);
1205 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1206 safe_strerror (val));
1207 }
1208
1209 }
1210 }
1211 else
1212 bpt->inserted = 1;
1213
1214 return val;
1215 }
1216
1217 else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1218 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1219 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1220 && bpt->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
1221 {
1222 val = target_insert_watchpoint (bpt->address,
1223 bpt->length,
1224 bpt->watchpoint_type);
1225 bpt->inserted = (val != -1);
1226 }
1227
1228 else if (bpt->owner->type == bp_catch_fork
1229 || bpt->owner->type == bp_catch_vfork
1230 || bpt->owner->type == bp_catch_exec)
1231 {
1232 struct gdb_exception e = catch_exception (uiout, insert_catchpoint,
1233 bpt->owner, RETURN_MASK_ERROR);
1234 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, "warning: inserting catchpoint %d: ",
1235 bpt->owner->number);
1236 if (e.reason < 0)
1237 bpt->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1238 else
1239 bpt->inserted = 1;
1240
1241 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1242 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1243 so just return success. */
1244 return 0;
1245 }
1246
1247 return 0;
1248}
1249
1250/* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1251 Throws exception on any error.
1252 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1253 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1254void
1255insert_breakpoints (void)
1256{
1257 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1258
1259 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1260 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1261 update_watchpoint (bpt, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1262
1263 update_global_location_list (1);
1264
1265 if (!always_inserted_mode && target_has_execution)
1266 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints
1267 when always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly
1268 insert them now. */
1269 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1270}
1271
1272/* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1273 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1274 Both return zero if successful,
1275 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1276
1277static void
1278insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1279{
1280 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1281 struct bp_location *b, *temp;
1282 int error = 0;
1283 int val = 0;
1284 int disabled_breaks = 0;
1285 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
1286 int process_warning = 0;
1287
1288 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1289 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1290
1291 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1292 there was an error. */
1293 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
1294
1295 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_SAFE (b, temp)
1296 {
1297 if (!should_be_inserted (b) || b->inserted)
1298 continue;
1299
1300 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if the
1301 thread no longer exists. */
1302 if (b->owner->thread != -1
1303 && !valid_thread_id (b->owner->thread))
1304 continue;
1305
1306 val = insert_bp_location (b, tmp_error_stream,
1307 &disabled_breaks, &process_warning,
1308 &hw_breakpoint_error);
1309 if (val)
1310 error = val;
1311 }
1312
1313 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint,
1314 remove them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1315 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1316 {
1317 int some_failed = 0;
1318 struct bp_location *loc;
1319
1320 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1321 continue;
1322
1323 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
1324 continue;
1325
1326 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1327 continue;
1328
1329 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1330 if (!loc->inserted)
1331 {
1332 some_failed = 1;
1333 break;
1334 }
1335 if (some_failed)
1336 {
1337 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1338 if (loc->inserted)
1339 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
1340
1341 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1342 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1343 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1344 bpt->number);
1345 error = -1;
1346 }
1347 }
1348
1349 if (error)
1350 {
1351 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1352 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1353 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
1354 {
1355 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1356 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1357You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1358 }
1359#ifdef ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
1360 if (process_warning)
1361 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1362 "The same program may be running in another process.");
1363#endif
1364 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1365 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
1366 }
1367}
1368
1369int
1370remove_breakpoints (void)
1371{
1372 struct bp_location *b;
1373 int val;
1374
1375 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1376 {
1377 if (b->inserted)
1378 {
1379 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted);
1380 if (val != 0)
1381 return val;
1382 }
1383 }
1384 return 0;
1385}
1386
1387int
1388remove_hw_watchpoints (void)
1389{
1390 struct bp_location *b;
1391 int val;
1392
1393 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1394 {
1395 if (b->inserted && b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
1396 {
1397 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted);
1398 if (val != 0)
1399 return val;
1400 }
1401 }
1402 return 0;
1403}
1404
1405int
1406reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
1407{
1408 struct bp_location *b;
1409 int val;
1410 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
1411 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1412 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
1413
1414 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1415
1416 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
1417 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1418 {
1419 if (b->inserted)
1420 {
1421 b->inserted = 0;
1422 val = insert_bp_location (b, tmp_error_stream,
1423 &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
1424 if (val != 0)
1425 {
1426 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1427 return val;
1428 }
1429 }
1430 }
1431 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1432 return 0;
1433}
1434
1435void
1436update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
1437{
1438 struct breakpoint *b;
1439 struct breakpoint *temp;
1440 struct bp_location *bploc;
1441
1442 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
1443 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
1444 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
1445 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
1446 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
1447 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
1448 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
1449 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
1450 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc)
1451 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
1452
1453 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
1454 {
1455 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1456 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
1457 {
1458 delete_breakpoint (b);
1459 continue;
1460 }
1461
1462 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
1463 as must overlay event breakpoints. */
1464 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event)
1465 {
1466 delete_breakpoint (b);
1467 continue;
1468 }
1469
1470 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
1471 if (b->type == bp_step_resume)
1472 {
1473 delete_breakpoint (b);
1474 continue;
1475 }
1476
1477 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
1478 after an exec. */
1479 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume)
1480 {
1481 delete_breakpoint (b);
1482 continue;
1483 }
1484
1485 /* Don't delete an exec catchpoint, because else the inferior
1486 won't stop when it ought!
1487
1488 Similarly, we probably ought to keep vfork catchpoints, 'cause
1489 on this target, we may not be able to stop when the vfork is
1490 seen, but only when the subsequent exec is seen. (And because
1491 deleting fork catchpoints here but not vfork catchpoints will
1492 seem mysterious to users, keep those too.) */
1493 if ((b->type == bp_catch_exec) ||
1494 (b->type == bp_catch_vfork) ||
1495 (b->type == bp_catch_fork))
1496 {
1497 continue;
1498 }
1499
1500 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
1501 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
1502 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
1503 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
1504 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
1505 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
1506
1507 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
1508 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
1509 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
1510 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
1511 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
1512 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
1513 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
1514
1515 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
1516 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
1517 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
1518 let finish_command delete it.
1519
1520 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
1521 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
1522 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
1523 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
1524 solib breakpoints.) */
1525
1526 if (b->type == bp_finish)
1527 {
1528 continue;
1529 }
1530
1531 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
1532 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
1533 a.out. */
1534 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
1535 {
1536 delete_breakpoint (b);
1537 continue;
1538 }
1539 }
1540 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
1541 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
1542}
1543
1544int
1545detach_breakpoints (int pid)
1546{
1547 struct bp_location *b;
1548 int val;
1549 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
1550
1551 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
1552 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
1553
1554 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint uses this global. */
1555 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
1556 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1557 {
1558 if (b->inserted)
1559 {
1560 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_inserted);
1561 if (val != 0)
1562 {
1563 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1564 return val;
1565 }
1566 }
1567 }
1568 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1569 return 0;
1570}
1571
1572static int
1573remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *b, insertion_state_t is)
1574{
1575 int val;
1576
1577 if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1578 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
1579 return 0;
1580
1581 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
1582 This should not ever happen. */
1583 gdb_assert (b->owner->type != bp_none);
1584
1585 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1586 || b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1587 {
1588 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
1589 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
1590 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
1591
1592 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1593 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1594 || b->section == NULL
1595 || !(section_is_overlay (b->section)))
1596 {
1597 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
1598
1599 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1600 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1601 else
1602 val = target_remove_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1603 }
1604 else
1605 {
1606 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1607 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1608 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1609 {
1610 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
1611 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
1612 */
1613 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
1614 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
1615 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1616 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->overlay_target_info);
1617 else
1618 target_remove_breakpoint (&b->overlay_target_info);
1619 }
1620 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
1621 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
1622 if (b->inserted)
1623 {
1624 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
1625 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
1626 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
1627 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
1628 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1629 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1630
1631 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
1632 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
1633 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
1634 else if (section_is_mapped (b->section))
1635 val = target_remove_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1636 else
1637 val = 0;
1638 }
1639 else
1640 {
1641 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
1642 val = 0;
1643 }
1644 }
1645 if (val)
1646 return val;
1647 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1648 }
1649 else if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
1650 {
1651 struct value *v;
1652 struct value *n;
1653
1654 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1655 val = target_remove_watchpoint (b->address, b->length,
1656 b->watchpoint_type);
1657
1658 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
1659 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (b->inserted))
1660 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
1661 b->owner->number);
1662 }
1663 else if ((b->owner->type == bp_catch_fork ||
1664 b->owner->type == bp_catch_vfork ||
1665 b->owner->type == bp_catch_exec)
1666 && breakpoint_enabled (b->owner)
1667 && !b->duplicate)
1668 {
1669 val = -1;
1670 switch (b->owner->type)
1671 {
1672 case bp_catch_fork:
1673 val = target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
1674 break;
1675 case bp_catch_vfork:
1676 val = target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
1677 break;
1678 case bp_catch_exec:
1679 val = target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
1680 break;
1681 default:
1682 warning (_("Internal error, %s line %d."), __FILE__, __LINE__);
1683 break;
1684 }
1685 if (val)
1686 return val;
1687 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1688 }
1689
1690 return 0;
1691}
1692
1693/* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
1694
1695void
1696mark_breakpoints_out (void)
1697{
1698 struct bp_location *bpt;
1699
1700 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1701 bpt->inserted = 0;
1702}
1703
1704/* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
1705 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
1706
1707 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
1708 between runs.
1709
1710 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
1711 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
1712 init_wait_for_inferior). */
1713
1714
1715
1716void
1717breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
1718{
1719 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
1720 struct bp_location *bpt;
1721
1722 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1723 bpt->inserted = 0;
1724
1725 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
1726 {
1727 switch (b->type)
1728 {
1729 case bp_call_dummy:
1730 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
1731
1732 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
1733 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better
1734 get rid of it.
1735
1736 Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
1737 delete_breakpoint (b);
1738 break;
1739
1740 case bp_watchpoint:
1741 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
1742 case bp_read_watchpoint:
1743 case bp_access_watchpoint:
1744
1745 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
1746 if (b->exp_valid_block != NULL)
1747 delete_breakpoint (b);
1748 else if (context == inf_starting)
1749 {
1750 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value
1751 in insert_breakpoints. */
1752 if (b->val)
1753 value_free (b->val);
1754 b->val = NULL;
1755 b->val_valid = 0;
1756 }
1757 break;
1758 default:
1759 break;
1760 }
1761 }
1762}
1763
1764/* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
1765 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
1766 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
1767 permanent breakpoint.
1768 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
1769 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
1770 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
1771 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
1772 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
1773
1774enum breakpoint_here
1775breakpoint_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1776{
1777 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1778 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
1779
1780 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1781 {
1782 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1783 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1784 continue;
1785
1786 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
1787 || bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1788 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is enabled and matches pc */
1789 {
1790 if (overlay_debugging
1791 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1792 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1793 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1794 else if (bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1795 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
1796 else
1797 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
1798 }
1799 }
1800
1801 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
1802}
1803
1804
1805/* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
1806 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain/bp_location_chain mechanism.
1807 This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which are
1808 inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
1809
1810int
1811regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1812{
1813 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1814
1815 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1816 {
1817 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1818 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1819 continue;
1820
1821 if (bpt->inserted
1822 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is inserted and matches pc */
1823 {
1824 if (overlay_debugging
1825 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1826 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1827 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1828 else
1829 return 1;
1830 }
1831 }
1832 return 0;
1833}
1834
1835/* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
1836 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
1837
1838int
1839breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1840{
1841 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1842 return 1;
1843
1844 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1845 return 1;
1846
1847 return 0;
1848}
1849
1850/* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
1851 inserted at PC. */
1852
1853int
1854software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1855{
1856 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1857 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
1858
1859 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1860 {
1861 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1862 continue;
1863
1864 if (bpt->inserted
1865 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is enabled and matches pc */
1866 {
1867 if (overlay_debugging
1868 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1869 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1870 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1871 else
1872 return 1;
1873 }
1874 }
1875
1876 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
1877 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1878 return 1;
1879
1880 return 0;
1881}
1882
1883/* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
1884 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
1885
1886int
1887breakpoint_thread_match (CORE_ADDR pc, ptid_t ptid)
1888{
1889 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1890 int thread;
1891
1892 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
1893
1894 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1895 {
1896 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1897 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1898 continue;
1899
1900 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
1901 || bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1902 && bpt->address == pc
1903 && (bpt->owner->thread == -1 || bpt->owner->thread == thread))
1904 {
1905 if (overlay_debugging
1906 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1907 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1908 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1909 else
1910 return 1;
1911 }
1912 }
1913
1914 return 0;
1915}
1916\f
1917
1918/* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
1919 in breakpoint.h. */
1920
1921int
1922ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
1923{
1924 return
1925 (ep->type == bp_catch_load)
1926 || (ep->type == bp_catch_unload)
1927 || (ep->type == bp_catch_fork)
1928 || (ep->type == bp_catch_vfork)
1929 || (ep->type == bp_catch_exec);
1930
1931 /* ??rehrauer: Add more kinds here, as are implemented... */
1932}
1933
1934int
1935ep_is_shlib_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
1936{
1937 return
1938 (ep->type == bp_catch_load)
1939 || (ep->type == bp_catch_unload);
1940}
1941
1942void
1943bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
1944{
1945 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
1946 value_free (bs->old_val);
1947 free_command_lines (&bs->commands);
1948 xfree (bs);
1949}
1950
1951/* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
1952 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
1953
1954void
1955bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
1956{
1957 bpstat p;
1958 bpstat q;
1959
1960 if (bsp == 0)
1961 return;
1962 p = *bsp;
1963 while (p != NULL)
1964 {
1965 q = p->next;
1966 bpstat_free (p);
1967 p = q;
1968 }
1969 *bsp = NULL;
1970}
1971
1972/* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
1973 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
1974
1975bpstat
1976bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
1977{
1978 bpstat p = NULL;
1979 bpstat tmp;
1980 bpstat retval = NULL;
1981
1982 if (bs == NULL)
1983 return bs;
1984
1985 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
1986 {
1987 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
1988 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
1989 if (bs->commands != NULL)
1990 tmp->commands = copy_command_lines (bs->commands);
1991 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
1992 {
1993 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
1994 release_value (tmp->old_val);
1995 }
1996
1997 if (p == NULL)
1998 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
1999 retval = tmp;
2000 else
2001 p->next = tmp;
2002 p = tmp;
2003 }
2004 p->next = NULL;
2005 return retval;
2006}
2007
2008/* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint */
2009
2010bpstat
2011bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
2012{
2013 if (bsp == NULL)
2014 return NULL;
2015
2016 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
2017 {
2018 if (bsp->breakpoint_at && bsp->breakpoint_at->owner == breakpoint)
2019 return bsp;
2020 }
2021 return NULL;
2022}
2023
2024/* Find a step_resume breakpoint associated with this bpstat.
2025 (If there are multiple step_resume bp's on the list, this function
2026 will arbitrarily pick one.)
2027
2028 It is an error to use this function if BPSTAT doesn't contain a
2029 step_resume breakpoint.
2030
2031 See wait_for_inferior's use of this function. */
2032struct breakpoint *
2033bpstat_find_step_resume_breakpoint (bpstat bsp)
2034{
2035 int current_thread;
2036
2037 gdb_assert (bsp != NULL);
2038
2039 current_thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
2040
2041 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
2042 {
2043 if ((bsp->breakpoint_at != NULL) &&
2044 (bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_step_resume) &&
2045 (bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->thread == current_thread ||
2046 bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->thread == -1))
2047 return bsp->breakpoint_at->owner;
2048 }
2049
2050 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("No step_resume breakpoint found."));
2051}
2052
2053
2054/* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are stopped
2055 at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the remaining
2056 breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be good for
2057 anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
2058 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
2059 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
2060 we set it.
2061 Return 1 otherwise. */
2062
2063int
2064bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
2065{
2066 struct breakpoint *b;
2067
2068 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
2069 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
2070
2071 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that
2072 correspond to a single breakpoint -- otherwise,
2073 this function might return the same number more
2074 than once and this will look ugly. */
2075 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at ? (*bsp)->breakpoint_at->owner : NULL;
2076 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
2077 if (b == NULL)
2078 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
2079
2080 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
2081 return 1;
2082}
2083
2084/* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
2085
2086void
2087bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs)
2088{
2089 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2090 {
2091 free_command_lines (&bs->commands);
2092 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2093 {
2094 value_free (bs->old_val);
2095 bs->old_val = NULL;
2096 }
2097 }
2098}
2099
2100/* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint command */
2101static void
2102cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
2103{
2104 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
2105}
2106
2107/* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at this
2108 location. Any of these commands could cause the process to proceed
2109 beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by checking
2110 the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command. */
2111
2112void
2113bpstat_do_actions (bpstat *bsp)
2114{
2115 bpstat bs;
2116 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2117
2118 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
2119 in bs->commands. */
2120 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
2121 return;
2122
2123 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
2124 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
2125
2126top:
2127 /* Note that (as of this writing), our callers all appear to
2128 be passing us the address of global stop_bpstat. And, if
2129 our calls to execute_control_command cause the inferior to
2130 proceed, that global (and hence, *bsp) will change.
2131
2132 We must be careful to not touch *bsp unless the inferior
2133 has not proceeded. */
2134
2135 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
2136 bs = *bsp;
2137
2138 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
2139 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2140 {
2141 struct command_line *cmd;
2142 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
2143
2144 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
2145
2146 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
2147 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
2148 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
2149 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
2150 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
2151 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
2152 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
2153 the tree when we're done. */
2154 cmd = bs->commands;
2155 bs->commands = 0;
2156 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_free_command_lines (&cmd);
2157
2158 while (cmd != NULL)
2159 {
2160 execute_control_command (cmd);
2161
2162 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
2163 break;
2164 else
2165 cmd = cmd->next;
2166 }
2167
2168 /* We can free this command tree now. */
2169 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
2170
2171 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
2172 {
2173 if (target_can_async_p ())
2174 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might
2175 be still running, not stopped at any breakpoint,
2176 so nothing for us to do here -- just return to
2177 the event loop. */
2178 break;
2179 else
2180 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
2181 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
2182 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run,
2183 since execute_command does not run breakpoint
2184 commands -- only command_line_handler does, but
2185 that one is not involved in execution of breakpoint
2186 commands. So, we can now execute breakpoint commands.
2187 There's an implicit assumption that we're called with
2188 stop_bpstat, so our parameter is the new bpstat to
2189 handle.
2190 It should be noted that making execute_command do
2191 bpstat actions is not an option -- in this case we'll
2192 have recursive invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint
2193 with a command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. */
2194 goto top;
2195 }
2196 }
2197 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2198}
2199
2200/* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
2201
2202static void
2203watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
2204{
2205 if (val == NULL)
2206 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
2207 else
2208 value_print (val, stream, 0, Val_pretty_default);
2209}
2210
2211/* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
2212 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
2213 by having it set different print_it values.
2214
2215 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
2216 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
2217 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
2218 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
2219 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
2220
2221 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
2222 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
2223 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
2224 don't print anything else.
2225 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
2226 that something to be followed by a location.
2227 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
2228 that something to be followed by a location.
2229 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
2230 analysis. */
2231
2232static enum print_stop_action
2233print_it_typical (bpstat bs)
2234{
2235 struct cleanup *old_chain, *ui_out_chain;
2236 struct breakpoint *b;
2237 const struct bp_location *bl;
2238 struct ui_stream *stb;
2239 int bp_temp = 0;
2240 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
2241 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
2242 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
2243 which has since been deleted. */
2244 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
2245 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2246 bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2247 b = bl->owner;
2248
2249 switch (b->type)
2250 {
2251 case bp_breakpoint:
2252 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
2253 bp_temp = bs->breakpoint_at->owner->disposition == disp_del;
2254 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
2255 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
2256 bl->address,
2257 b->number, 1);
2258 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
2259 if (bp_temp)
2260 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
2261 else
2262 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
2263 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2264 {
2265 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
2266 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
2267 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
2268 }
2269 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
2270 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
2271 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2272 break;
2273
2274 case bp_shlib_event:
2275 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
2276 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
2277 to shlib event" message.) */
2278 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
2279 return PRINT_NOTHING;
2280 break;
2281
2282 case bp_thread_event:
2283 /* Not sure how we will get here.
2284 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
2285 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2286 return PRINT_NOTHING;
2287 break;
2288
2289 case bp_overlay_event:
2290 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
2291 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2292 return PRINT_NOTHING;
2293 break;
2294
2295 case bp_catch_load:
2296 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2297 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (loaded %s), "),
2298 b->number,
2299 b->triggered_dll_pathname);
2300 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2301 break;
2302
2303 case bp_catch_unload:
2304 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2305 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (unloaded %s), "),
2306 b->number,
2307 b->triggered_dll_pathname);
2308 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2309 break;
2310
2311 case bp_catch_fork:
2312 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2313 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
2314 b->number,
2315 ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
2316 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2317 break;
2318
2319 case bp_catch_vfork:
2320 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2321 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
2322 b->number,
2323 ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
2324 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2325 break;
2326
2327 case bp_catch_exec:
2328 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2329 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "),
2330 b->number,
2331 b->exec_pathname);
2332 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2333 break;
2334
2335 case bp_watchpoint:
2336 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
2337 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
2338 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2339 ui_out_field_string
2340 (uiout, "reason",
2341 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2342 mention (b);
2343 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2344 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
2345 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
2346 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
2347 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
2348 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
2349 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
2350 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
2351 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2352 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
2353 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2354 break;
2355
2356 case bp_read_watchpoint:
2357 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2358 ui_out_field_string
2359 (uiout, "reason",
2360 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2361 mention (b);
2362 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2363 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
2364 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
2365 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
2366 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
2367 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2368 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2369 break;
2370
2371 case bp_access_watchpoint:
2372 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2373 {
2374 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
2375 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2376 ui_out_field_string
2377 (uiout, "reason",
2378 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2379 mention (b);
2380 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2381 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
2382 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
2383 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
2384 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
2385 }
2386 else
2387 {
2388 mention (b);
2389 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2390 ui_out_field_string
2391 (uiout, "reason",
2392 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2393 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2394 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
2395 }
2396 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
2397 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
2398 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
2399 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2400 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2401 break;
2402
2403 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
2404 here. */
2405
2406 case bp_finish:
2407 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2408 ui_out_field_string
2409 (uiout, "reason",
2410 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
2411 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2412 break;
2413
2414 case bp_until:
2415 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2416 ui_out_field_string
2417 (uiout, "reason",
2418 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
2419 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2420 break;
2421
2422 case bp_none:
2423 case bp_longjmp:
2424 case bp_longjmp_resume:
2425 case bp_step_resume:
2426 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
2427 case bp_call_dummy:
2428 default:
2429 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2430 }
2431}
2432
2433/* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
2434 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
2435 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
2436 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
2437 normal_stop(). */
2438
2439static enum print_stop_action
2440print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
2441{
2442 switch (bs->print_it)
2443 {
2444 case print_it_noop:
2445 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
2446 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2447 break;
2448
2449 case print_it_done:
2450 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
2451 relevant messages. */
2452 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2453 break;
2454
2455 case print_it_normal:
2456 {
2457 const struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2458 struct breakpoint *b = bl ? bl->owner : NULL;
2459
2460 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
2461 print_it_typical. */
2462 /* FIXME: how breakpoint can ever be NULL here? */
2463 if (b != NULL && b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_it != NULL)
2464 return b->ops->print_it (b);
2465 else
2466 return print_it_typical (bs);
2467 }
2468 break;
2469
2470 default:
2471 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
2472 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
2473 break;
2474 }
2475}
2476
2477/* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
2478 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
2479 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
2480 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
2481 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
2482 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
2483 routine is one of:
2484
2485 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing
2486 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
2487 code to print the location. An example is
2488 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
2489 the location.
2490 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
2491 to also print the location part of the message.
2492 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
2493 don't require a location appended to the end.
2494 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
2495 further info to be printed.*/
2496
2497enum print_stop_action
2498bpstat_print (bpstat bs)
2499{
2500 int val;
2501
2502 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
2503 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
2504 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
2505 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
2506 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
2507 {
2508 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
2509 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
2510 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
2511 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
2512 return val;
2513 }
2514
2515 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
2516 with and nothing was printed. */
2517 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2518}
2519
2520/* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
2521 This is used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
2522 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to char * to
2523 make it pass through catch_errors. */
2524
2525static int
2526breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
2527{
2528 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
2529 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
2530 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2531 return i;
2532}
2533
2534/* Allocate a new bpstat and chain it to the current one. */
2535
2536static bpstat
2537bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location *bl, bpstat cbs /* Current "bs" value */ )
2538{
2539 bpstat bs;
2540
2541 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
2542 cbs->next = bs;
2543 bs->breakpoint_at = bl;
2544 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
2545 bs->commands = NULL;
2546 bs->old_val = NULL;
2547 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
2548 return bs;
2549}
2550\f
2551/* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
2552 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
2553
2554int
2555watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
2556{
2557 int stopped_by_watchpoint = STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (*ws);
2558 CORE_ADDR addr;
2559 struct breakpoint *b;
2560
2561 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
2562 {
2563 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
2564 as not triggered. */
2565 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
2566 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2567 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2568 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2569 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
2570
2571 return 0;
2572 }
2573
2574 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
2575 {
2576 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
2577 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
2578 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
2579 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2580 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2581 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2582 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
2583
2584 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
2585 }
2586
2587 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
2588 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
2589 triggered. */
2590
2591 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
2592 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2593 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2594 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2595 {
2596 struct bp_location *loc;
2597 struct value *v;
2598
2599 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
2600 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2601 /* Exact match not required. Within range is
2602 sufficient. */
2603 if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
2604 addr, loc->address,
2605 loc->length))
2606 {
2607 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
2608 break;
2609 }
2610 }
2611
2612 return 1;
2613}
2614
2615/* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
2616 because of check_errors). */
2617/* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
2618#define WP_DELETED 1
2619/* The value has changed. */
2620#define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
2621/* The value has not changed. */
2622#define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
2623
2624#define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
2625#define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
2626
2627/* Check watchpoint condition. */
2628
2629static int
2630watchpoint_check (void *p)
2631{
2632 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
2633 struct breakpoint *b;
2634 struct frame_info *fr;
2635 int within_current_scope;
2636
2637 b = bs->breakpoint_at->owner;
2638
2639 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
2640 within_current_scope = 1;
2641 else
2642 {
2643 /* There is no current frame at this moment. If we're going to have
2644 any chance of handling watchpoints on local variables, we'll need
2645 the frame chain (so we can determine if we're in scope). */
2646 reinit_frame_cache ();
2647 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
2648 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
2649
2650 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
2651 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
2652 if (within_current_scope
2653 && (block_linkage_function (b->exp_valid_block)
2654 != get_frame_function (fr)))
2655 within_current_scope = 0;
2656
2657 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're still
2658 in the function but the stack frame has already been invalidated.
2659 Since we can't rely on the values of local variables after the
2660 stack has been destroyed, we are treating the watchpoint in that
2661 state as `not changed' without further checking.
2662
2663 vinschen/2003-09-04: The former implementation left out the case
2664 that the watchpoint frame couldn't be found by frame_find_by_id()
2665 because the current PC is currently in an epilogue. Calling
2666 gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p() also when fr == NULL fixes that. */
2667 if ((!within_current_scope || fr == get_current_frame ())
2668 && gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (current_gdbarch, read_pc ()))
2669 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
2670 if (fr && within_current_scope)
2671 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
2672 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
2673 the user. */
2674 select_frame (fr);
2675 }
2676
2677 if (within_current_scope)
2678 {
2679 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a
2680 *long* time before we return to the command level and
2681 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because
2682 we might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
2683
2684 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
2685 struct value *new_val;
2686
2687 fetch_watchpoint_value (b->exp, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
2688 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
2689 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal (b->val, new_val)))
2690 {
2691 if (new_val != NULL)
2692 {
2693 release_value (new_val);
2694 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2695 }
2696 bs->old_val = b->val;
2697 b->val = new_val;
2698 b->val_valid = 1;
2699 /* We will stop here */
2700 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
2701 }
2702 else
2703 {
2704 /* Nothing changed, don't do anything. */
2705 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2706 /* We won't stop here */
2707 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
2708 }
2709 }
2710 else
2711 {
2712 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
2713 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
2714 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
2715 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
2716 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
2717 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
2718 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
2719 the first value assigned). */
2720 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
2721 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
2722 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
2723 information here. */
2724 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2725 ui_out_field_string
2726 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
2727 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
2728 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->number);
2729 ui_out_text (uiout, " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
2730which its expression is valid.\n");
2731
2732 if (b->related_breakpoint)
2733 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2734 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2735
2736 return WP_DELETED;
2737 }
2738}
2739
2740/* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
2741 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
2742 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
2743static int
2744bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
2745{
2746 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
2747
2748 if (b->type != bp_watchpoint
2749 && b->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
2750 && b->type != bp_read_watchpoint
2751 && b->type != bp_access_watchpoint
2752 && b->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint
2753 && b->type != bp_catch_fork
2754 && b->type != bp_catch_vfork
2755 && b->type != bp_catch_exec) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
2756 {
2757 if (bl->address != bp_addr) /* address doesn't match */
2758 return 0;
2759 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
2760 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2761 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2762 return 0;
2763 }
2764
2765 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
2766 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
2767 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
2768 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
2769 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
2770 (did not match the data address). */
2771
2772 if ((b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2773 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2774 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2775 && b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
2776 return 0;
2777
2778 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2779 {
2780 if (bl->address != bp_addr)
2781 return 0;
2782 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
2783 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2784 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2785 return 0;
2786 }
2787
2788 /* Is this a catchpoint of a load or unload? If so, did we
2789 get a load or unload of the specified library? If not,
2790 ignore it. */
2791 if ((b->type == bp_catch_load)
2792#if defined(SOLIB_HAVE_LOAD_EVENT)
2793 && (!SOLIB_HAVE_LOAD_EVENT (PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2794 || ((b->dll_pathname != NULL)
2795 && (strcmp (b->dll_pathname,
2796 SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
2797 PIDGET (inferior_ptid)))
2798 != 0)))
2799#endif
2800 )
2801 return 0;
2802
2803 if ((b->type == bp_catch_unload)
2804#if defined(SOLIB_HAVE_UNLOAD_EVENT)
2805 && (!SOLIB_HAVE_UNLOAD_EVENT (PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2806 || ((b->dll_pathname != NULL)
2807 && (strcmp (b->dll_pathname,
2808 SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
2809 PIDGET (inferior_ptid)))
2810 != 0)))
2811#endif
2812 )
2813 return 0;
2814
2815 if ((b->type == bp_catch_fork)
2816 && !inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid,
2817 &b->forked_inferior_pid))
2818 return 0;
2819
2820 if ((b->type == bp_catch_vfork)
2821 && !inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid,
2822 &b->forked_inferior_pid))
2823 return 0;
2824
2825 if ((b->type == bp_catch_exec)
2826 && !inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid, &b->exec_pathname))
2827 return 0;
2828
2829 return 1;
2830}
2831
2832/* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
2833 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
2834 to 0. */
2835static void
2836bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
2837{
2838 const struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2839 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
2840
2841 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint
2842 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2843 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint
2844 || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
2845 {
2846 CORE_ADDR addr;
2847 struct value *v;
2848 int must_check_value = 0;
2849
2850 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint)
2851 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
2852 watched value. */
2853 must_check_value = 1;
2854 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
2855 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
2856 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
2857 this watchpoint. */
2858 must_check_value = 1;
2859 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
2860 && b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
2861 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
2862 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
2863 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
2864 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
2865 must_check_value = 1;
2866
2867 if (must_check_value)
2868 {
2869 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
2870 b->number);
2871 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2872 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
2873 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
2874 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2875 switch (e)
2876 {
2877 case WP_DELETED:
2878 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
2879 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
2880 /* Stop. */
2881 break;
2882 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
2883 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
2884 {
2885 /* Don't stop: read watchpoints shouldn't fire if
2886 the value has changed. This is for targets
2887 which cannot set read-only watchpoints. */
2888 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2889 bs->stop = 0;
2890 }
2891 break;
2892 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
2893 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2894 || b->type == bp_watchpoint)
2895 {
2896 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
2897 the value hasn't changed. */
2898 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2899 bs->stop = 0;
2900 }
2901 /* Stop. */
2902 break;
2903 default:
2904 /* Can't happen. */
2905 case 0:
2906 /* Error from catch_errors. */
2907 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->number);
2908 if (b->related_breakpoint)
2909 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2910 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2911 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
2912 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
2913 break;
2914 }
2915 }
2916 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
2917 {
2918 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
2919 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
2920 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
2921 anything for this watchpoint. */
2922 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2923 bs->stop = 0;
2924 }
2925 }
2926}
2927
2928
2929/* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
2930 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
2931 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
2932static void
2933bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
2934{
2935 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
2936 const struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2937 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
2938
2939 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
2940 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
2941 bs->stop = 0;
2942 else if (bs->stop)
2943 {
2944 int value_is_zero = 0;
2945
2946 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
2947 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
2948 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
2949 iteration. */
2950 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
2951 b->related_breakpoint->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
2952
2953 if (bl->cond && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2954 {
2955 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies
2956 so that the conditions will have the right context. */
2957 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
2958 value_is_zero
2959 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, (bl->cond),
2960 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
2961 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
2962 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint # */
2963 free_all_values ();
2964 }
2965 if (bl->cond && value_is_zero)
2966 {
2967 bs->stop = 0;
2968 }
2969 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
2970 {
2971 bs->stop = 0;
2972 }
2973 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
2974 {
2975 b->ignore_count--;
2976 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
2977 bs->stop = 0;
2978 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't
2979 stop. */
2980 ++(b->hit_count);
2981 }
2982 }
2983}
2984
2985
2986/* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
2987 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
2988
2989 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
2990 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such that:
2991
2992 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
2993
2994 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
2995
2996 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
2997 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
2998 several reasons concurrently.)
2999
3000 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
3001 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
3002
3003bpstat
3004bpstat_stop_status (CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid)
3005{
3006 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
3007 const struct bp_location *bl;
3008 struct bp_location *loc;
3009 /* Root of the chain of bpstat's */
3010 struct bpstats root_bs[1];
3011 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
3012 bpstat bs = root_bs;
3013 int ix;
3014
3015 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl)
3016 {
3017 b = bl->owner;
3018 gdb_assert (b);
3019 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3020 continue;
3021
3022 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first location.
3023 The watchpoint_check function will work on entire expression,
3024 not the individual locations. For read watchopints, the
3025 watchpoints_triggered function have checked all locations
3026 alrea
3027 */
3028 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
3029 continue;
3030
3031 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, bp_addr))
3032 continue;
3033
3034 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address matches */
3035
3036 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, bs); /* Alloc a bpstat to explain stop */
3037
3038 /* Assume we stop. Should we find watchpoint that is not actually
3039 triggered, or if condition of breakpoint is false, we'll reset
3040 'stop' to 0. */
3041 bs->stop = 1;
3042 bs->print = 1;
3043
3044 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
3045 if (!bs->stop)
3046 continue;
3047
3048 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event)
3049 /* We do not stop for these. */
3050 bs->stop = 0;
3051 else
3052 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
3053
3054 if (bs->stop)
3055 {
3056 ++(b->hit_count);
3057
3058 /* We will stop here */
3059 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
3060 {
3061 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3062 update_global_location_list (0);
3063 }
3064 if (b->silent)
3065 bs->print = 0;
3066 bs->commands = b->commands;
3067 if (bs->commands &&
3068 (strcmp ("silent", bs->commands->line) == 0
3069 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", bs->commands->line) == 0)))
3070 {
3071 bs->commands = bs->commands->next;
3072 bs->print = 0;
3073 }
3074 bs->commands = copy_command_lines (bs->commands);
3075 }
3076
3077 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or if we dont print. */
3078 if (bs->stop == 0 || bs->print == 0)
3079 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3080 }
3081
3082 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3083 {
3084 if (loc->address == bp_addr)
3085 {
3086 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, bs);
3087 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
3088 bs->stop = 0;
3089 bs->print = 0;
3090 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3091 }
3092 }
3093
3094 bs->next = NULL; /* Terminate the chain */
3095 bs = root_bs->next; /* Re-grab the head of the chain */
3096
3097 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
3098 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
3099 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
3100 done later. */
3101 for (bs = root_bs->next; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3102 if (bs->stop)
3103 break;
3104
3105 if (bs == NULL)
3106 for (bs = root_bs->next; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3107 if (!bs->stop
3108 && bs->breakpoint_at->owner
3109 && (bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
3110 || bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_read_watchpoint
3111 || bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
3112 {
3113 /* remove/insert can invalidate bs->breakpoint_at, if this
3114 location is no longer used by the watchpoint. Prevent
3115 further code from trying to use it. */
3116 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
3117 remove_breakpoints ();
3118 insert_breakpoints ();
3119 break;
3120 }
3121
3122 return root_bs->next;
3123}
3124\f
3125/* Tell what to do about this bpstat. */
3126struct bpstat_what
3127bpstat_what (bpstat bs)
3128{
3129 /* Classify each bpstat as one of the following. */
3130 enum class
3131 {
3132 /* This bpstat element has no effect on the main_action. */
3133 no_effect = 0,
3134
3135 /* There was a watchpoint, stop but don't print. */
3136 wp_silent,
3137
3138 /* There was a watchpoint, stop and print. */
3139 wp_noisy,
3140
3141 /* There was a breakpoint but we're not stopping. */
3142 bp_nostop,
3143
3144 /* There was a breakpoint, stop but don't print. */
3145 bp_silent,
3146
3147 /* There was a breakpoint, stop and print. */
3148 bp_noisy,
3149
3150 /* We hit the longjmp breakpoint. */
3151 long_jump,
3152
3153 /* We hit the longjmp_resume breakpoint. */
3154 long_resume,
3155
3156 /* We hit the step_resume breakpoint. */
3157 step_resume,
3158
3159 /* We hit the shared library event breakpoint. */
3160 shlib_event,
3161
3162 /* We caught a shared library event. */
3163 catch_shlib_event,
3164
3165 /* This is just used to count how many enums there are. */
3166 class_last
3167 };
3168
3169 /* Here is the table which drives this routine. So that we can
3170 format it pretty, we define some abbreviations for the
3171 enum bpstat_what codes. */
3172#define kc BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
3173#define ss BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
3174#define sn BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3175#define sgl BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
3176#define slr BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
3177#define clr BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
3178#define sr BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
3179#define shl BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS
3180#define shlr BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS_RESUME_FROM_HOOK
3181
3182/* "Can't happen." Might want to print an error message.
3183 abort() is not out of the question, but chances are GDB is just
3184 a bit confused, not unusable. */
3185#define err BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3186
3187 /* Given an old action and a class, come up with a new action. */
3188 /* One interesting property of this table is that wp_silent is the same
3189 as bp_silent and wp_noisy is the same as bp_noisy. That is because
3190 after stopping, the check for whether to step over a breakpoint
3191 (BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE type stuff) is handled in proceed() without
3192 reference to how we stopped. We retain separate wp_silent and
3193 bp_silent codes in case we want to change that someday.
3194
3195 Another possibly interesting property of this table is that
3196 there's a partial ordering, priority-like, of the actions. Once
3197 you've decided that some action is appropriate, you'll never go
3198 back and decide something of a lower priority is better. The
3199 ordering is:
3200
3201 kc < clr sgl shl shlr slr sn sr ss
3202 sgl < shl shlr slr sn sr ss
3203 slr < err shl shlr sn sr ss
3204 clr < err shl shlr sn sr ss
3205 ss < shl shlr sn sr
3206 sn < shl shlr sr
3207 shl < shlr sr
3208 shlr < sr
3209 sr <
3210
3211 What I think this means is that we don't need a damned table
3212 here. If you just put the rows and columns in the right order,
3213 it'd look awfully regular. We could simply walk the bpstat list
3214 and choose the highest priority action we find, with a little
3215 logic to handle the 'err' cases. */
3216
3217 /* step_resume entries: a step resume breakpoint overrides another
3218 breakpoint of signal handling (see comment in wait_for_inferior
3219 at where we set the step_resume breakpoint). */
3220
3221 static const enum bpstat_what_main_action
3222 table[(int) class_last][(int) BPSTAT_WHAT_LAST] =
3223 {
3224 /* old action */
3225 /* kc ss sn sgl slr clr sr shl shlr
3226 */
3227/*no_effect */
3228 {kc, ss, sn, sgl, slr, clr, sr, shl, shlr},
3229/*wp_silent */
3230 {ss, ss, sn, ss, ss, ss, sr, shl, shlr},
3231/*wp_noisy */
3232 {sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sr, shl, shlr},
3233/*bp_nostop */
3234 {sgl, ss, sn, sgl, slr, slr, sr, shl, shlr},
3235/*bp_silent */
3236 {ss, ss, sn, ss, ss, ss, sr, shl, shlr},
3237/*bp_noisy */
3238 {sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sr, shl, shlr},
3239/*long_jump */
3240 {slr, ss, sn, slr, slr, err, sr, shl, shlr},
3241/*long_resume */
3242 {clr, ss, sn, err, err, err, sr, shl, shlr},
3243/*step_resume */
3244 {sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr},
3245/*shlib */
3246 {shl, shl, shl, shl, shl, shl, sr, shl, shlr},
3247/*catch_shlib */
3248 {shlr, shlr, shlr, shlr, shlr, shlr, sr, shlr, shlr}
3249 };
3250
3251#undef kc
3252#undef ss
3253#undef sn
3254#undef sgl
3255#undef slr
3256#undef clr
3257#undef err
3258#undef sr
3259#undef ts
3260#undef shl
3261#undef shlr
3262 enum bpstat_what_main_action current_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
3263 struct bpstat_what retval;
3264
3265 retval.call_dummy = 0;
3266 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3267 {
3268 enum class bs_class = no_effect;
3269 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
3270 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary breakpoint
3271 which has since been deleted. */
3272 continue;
3273 if (bs->breakpoint_at->owner == NULL)
3274 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3275 else
3276 switch (bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type)
3277 {
3278 case bp_none:
3279 continue;
3280
3281 case bp_breakpoint:
3282 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3283 case bp_until:
3284 case bp_finish:
3285 if (bs->stop)
3286 {
3287 if (bs->print)
3288 bs_class = bp_noisy;
3289 else
3290 bs_class = bp_silent;
3291 }
3292 else
3293 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3294 break;
3295 case bp_watchpoint:
3296 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3297 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3298 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3299 if (bs->stop)
3300 {
3301 if (bs->print)
3302 bs_class = wp_noisy;
3303 else
3304 bs_class = wp_silent;
3305 }
3306 else
3307 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3308 This requires no further action. */
3309 bs_class = no_effect;
3310 break;
3311 case bp_longjmp:
3312 bs_class = long_jump;
3313 break;
3314 case bp_longjmp_resume:
3315 bs_class = long_resume;
3316 break;
3317 case bp_step_resume:
3318 if (bs->stop)
3319 {
3320 bs_class = step_resume;
3321 }
3322 else
3323 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
3324 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3325 break;
3326 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3327 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3328 break;
3329 case bp_shlib_event:
3330 bs_class = shlib_event;
3331 break;
3332 case bp_thread_event:
3333 case bp_overlay_event:
3334 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3335 break;
3336 case bp_catch_load:
3337 case bp_catch_unload:
3338 /* Only if this catchpoint triggered should we cause the
3339 step-out-of-dld behaviour. Otherwise, we ignore this
3340 catchpoint. */
3341 if (bs->stop)
3342 bs_class = catch_shlib_event;
3343 else
3344 bs_class = no_effect;
3345 break;
3346 case bp_catch_fork:
3347 case bp_catch_vfork:
3348 case bp_catch_exec:
3349 if (bs->stop)
3350 {
3351 if (bs->print)
3352 bs_class = bp_noisy;
3353 else
3354 bs_class = bp_silent;
3355 }
3356 else
3357 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3358 This requires no further action. */
3359 bs_class = no_effect;
3360 break;
3361 case bp_call_dummy:
3362 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
3363 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
3364 bs_class = bp_silent;
3365 retval.call_dummy = 1;
3366 break;
3367 }
3368 current_action = table[(int) bs_class][(int) current_action];
3369 }
3370 retval.main_action = current_action;
3371 return retval;
3372}
3373
3374/* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
3375 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
3376 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
3377
3378int
3379bpstat_should_step (void)
3380{
3381 struct breakpoint *b;
3382 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3383 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint)
3384 return 1;
3385 return 0;
3386}
3387
3388\f
3389
3390/* Given a bpstat that records zero or more triggered eventpoints, this
3391 function returns another bpstat which contains only the catchpoints
3392 on that first list, if any. */
3393void
3394bpstat_get_triggered_catchpoints (bpstat ep_list, bpstat *cp_list)
3395{
3396 struct bpstats root_bs[1];
3397 bpstat bs = root_bs;
3398 struct breakpoint *ep;
3399 char *dll_pathname;
3400
3401 bpstat_clear (cp_list);
3402 root_bs->next = NULL;
3403
3404 for (; ep_list != NULL; ep_list = ep_list->next)
3405 {
3406 /* Is this eventpoint a catchpoint? If not, ignore it. */
3407 ep = ep_list->breakpoint_at->owner;
3408 if (ep == NULL)
3409 break;
3410 if ((ep->type != bp_catch_load) &&
3411 (ep->type != bp_catch_unload))
3412 /* pai: (temp) ADD fork/vfork here!! */
3413 continue;
3414
3415 /* Yes; add it to the list. */
3416 bs = bpstat_alloc (ep_list->breakpoint_at, bs);
3417 *bs = *ep_list;
3418 bs->next = NULL;
3419 bs = root_bs->next;
3420
3421#if defined(SOLIB_ADD)
3422 /* Also, for each triggered catchpoint, tag it with the name of
3423 the library that caused this trigger. (We copy the name now,
3424 because it's only guaranteed to be available NOW, when the
3425 catchpoint triggers. Clients who may wish to know the name
3426 later must get it from the catchpoint itself.) */
3427 if (ep->triggered_dll_pathname != NULL)
3428 xfree (ep->triggered_dll_pathname);
3429 if (ep->type == bp_catch_load)
3430 dll_pathname = SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
3431 PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
3432 else
3433 dll_pathname = SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
3434 PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
3435#else
3436 dll_pathname = NULL;
3437#endif
3438 if (dll_pathname)
3439 {
3440 ep->triggered_dll_pathname = (char *)
3441 xmalloc (strlen (dll_pathname) + 1);
3442 strcpy (ep->triggered_dll_pathname, dll_pathname);
3443 }
3444 else
3445 ep->triggered_dll_pathname = NULL;
3446 }
3447
3448 *cp_list = bs;
3449}
3450
3451static void print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
3452 struct bp_location *loc,
3453 char *wrap_indent,
3454 struct ui_stream *stb)
3455{
3456 if (b->source_file)
3457 {
3458 struct symbol *sym
3459 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
3460 if (sym)
3461 {
3462 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
3463 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
3464 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
3465 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent);
3466 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
3467 }
3468 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", b->source_file);
3469 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
3470
3471 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3472 {
3473 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
3474 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
3475
3476 if (fullname)
3477 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
3478 }
3479
3480 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", b->line_number);
3481 }
3482 else if (!b->loc)
3483 {
3484 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
3485 }
3486 else
3487 {
3488 print_address_symbolic (loc->address, stb->stream, demangle, "");
3489 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
3490 }
3491}
3492
3493/* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
3494static void
3495print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
3496 struct bp_location *loc,
3497 int loc_number,
3498 CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
3499{
3500 struct command_line *l;
3501 struct symbol *sym;
3502 struct ep_type_description
3503 {
3504 enum bptype type;
3505 char *description;
3506 };
3507 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
3508 {
3509 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
3510 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
3511 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
3512 {bp_until, "until"},
3513 {bp_finish, "finish"},
3514 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
3515 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
3516 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
3517 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
3518 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
3519 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
3520 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
3521 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
3522 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
3523 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
3524 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
3525 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
3526 {bp_catch_load, "catch load"},
3527 {bp_catch_unload, "catch unload"},
3528 {bp_catch_fork, "catch fork"},
3529 {bp_catch_vfork, "catch vfork"},
3530 {bp_catch_exec, "catch exec"}
3531 };
3532
3533 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
3534 char wrap_indent[80];
3535 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
3536 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
3537 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
3538
3539 int header_of_multiple = 0;
3540 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
3541
3542 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
3543 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning
3544 treatment of breakpoints with single disabled
3545 location. */
3546 if (loc == NULL
3547 && (b->loc != NULL
3548 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
3549 header_of_multiple = 1;
3550 if (loc == NULL)
3551 loc = b->loc;
3552
3553 annotate_record ();
3554 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
3555
3556 /* 1 */
3557 annotate_field (0);
3558 if (part_of_multiple)
3559 {
3560 char *formatted;
3561 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
3562 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
3563 xfree (formatted);
3564 }
3565 else
3566 {
3567 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
3568 }
3569
3570 /* 2 */
3571 annotate_field (1);
3572 if (part_of_multiple)
3573 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
3574 else
3575 {
3576 if (((int) b->type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
3577 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
3578 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3579 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
3580 (int) b->type);
3581 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int) b->type].description);
3582 }
3583
3584 /* 3 */
3585 annotate_field (2);
3586 if (part_of_multiple)
3587 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
3588 else
3589 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
3590
3591
3592 /* 4 */
3593 annotate_field (3);
3594 if (part_of_multiple)
3595 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
3596 else
3597 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
3598 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
3599 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
3600
3601
3602 /* 5 and 6 */
3603 strcpy (wrap_indent, " ");
3604 if (addressprint)
3605 {
3606 if (gdbarch_addr_bit (current_gdbarch) <= 32)
3607 strcat (wrap_indent, " ");
3608 else
3609 strcat (wrap_indent, " ");
3610 }
3611
3612 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
3613 {
3614 /* Although the print_one can possibly print
3615 all locations, calling it here is not likely
3616 to get any nice result. So, make sure there's
3617 just one location. */
3618 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
3619 b->ops->print_one (b, last_addr);
3620 }
3621 else
3622 switch (b->type)
3623 {
3624 case bp_none:
3625 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3626 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
3627 break;
3628
3629 case bp_watchpoint:
3630 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3631 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3632 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3633 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3634 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3635 is relatively readable). */
3636 if (addressprint)
3637 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3638 annotate_field (5);
3639 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
3640 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", stb);
3641 break;
3642
3643 case bp_catch_load:
3644 case bp_catch_unload:
3645 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3646 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3647 is relatively readable). */
3648 if (addressprint)
3649 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3650 annotate_field (5);
3651 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
3652 {
3653 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
3654 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
3655 }
3656 else
3657 {
3658 ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
3659 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
3660 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
3661 }
3662 break;
3663
3664 case bp_catch_fork:
3665 case bp_catch_vfork:
3666 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3667 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3668 is relatively readable). */
3669 if (addressprint)
3670 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3671 annotate_field (5);
3672 if (!ptid_equal (b->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
3673 {
3674 ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
3675 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
3676 ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
3677 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
3678 }
3679 break;
3680
3681 case bp_catch_exec:
3682 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3683 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3684 is relatively readable). */
3685 if (addressprint)
3686 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3687 annotate_field (5);
3688 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
3689 {
3690 ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
3691 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
3692 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
3693 }
3694 break;
3695
3696 case bp_breakpoint:
3697 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3698 case bp_until:
3699 case bp_finish:
3700 case bp_longjmp:
3701 case bp_longjmp_resume:
3702 case bp_step_resume:
3703 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3704 case bp_call_dummy:
3705 case bp_shlib_event:
3706 case bp_thread_event:
3707 case bp_overlay_event:
3708 if (addressprint)
3709 {
3710 annotate_field (4);
3711 if (header_of_multiple)
3712 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
3713 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
3714 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
3715 else
3716 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", loc->address);
3717 }
3718 annotate_field (5);
3719 if (!header_of_multiple)
3720 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc, wrap_indent, stb);
3721 if (b->loc)
3722 *last_addr = b->loc->address;
3723 break;
3724 }
3725
3726 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
3727 {
3728 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
3729 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
3730 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
3731 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
3732 }
3733
3734 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3735
3736 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
3737 {
3738 annotate_field (6);
3739 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
3740 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
3741 the frame ID. */
3742 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame", b->frame_id.stack_addr);
3743 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3744 }
3745
3746 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string && !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b))
3747 {
3748 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
3749 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
3750 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
3751 annotate_field (7);
3752 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
3753 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
3754 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3755 }
3756
3757 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
3758 {
3759 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
3760 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
3761 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
3762 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3763 }
3764
3765 if (!part_of_multiple && show_breakpoint_hit_counts && b->hit_count)
3766 {
3767 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
3768 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
3769 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
3770 else
3771 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
3772 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
3773 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
3774 if (b->hit_count == 1)
3775 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
3776 else
3777 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
3778 }
3779
3780 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is
3781 mi. FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
3782 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3783 if (!part_of_multiple && show_breakpoint_hit_counts && b->hit_count == 0)
3784 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
3785
3786 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
3787 {
3788 annotate_field (8);
3789 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
3790 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
3791 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
3792 }
3793
3794 if (!part_of_multiple && (l = b->commands))
3795 {
3796 struct cleanup *script_chain;
3797
3798 annotate_field (9);
3799 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
3800 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
3801 do_cleanups (script_chain);
3802 }
3803
3804 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
3805 {
3806 if (b->addr_string)
3807 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
3808 else if (b->exp_string)
3809 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->exp_string);
3810 }
3811
3812 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
3813 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3814}
3815
3816static void
3817print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
3818 CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
3819{
3820 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_addr);
3821
3822 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
3823 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
3824 locations, if any. */
3825 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
3826 {
3827 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is
3828 disabled, we print it as if it had
3829 several locations, since otherwise it's hard to
3830 represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
3831 situation.
3832 Note that while hardware watchpoints have
3833 several locations internally, that's no a property
3834 exposed to user. */
3835 if (b->loc
3836 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
3837 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled)
3838 && !ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3839 {
3840 struct bp_location *loc;
3841 int n = 1;
3842 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
3843 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_addr);
3844 }
3845 }
3846}
3847
3848
3849struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
3850 {
3851 int bnum;
3852 };
3853
3854static int
3855do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
3856{
3857 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
3858 struct breakpoint *b;
3859 CORE_ADDR dummy_addr = 0;
3860 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3861 {
3862 if (args->bnum == b->number)
3863 {
3864 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_addr);
3865 return GDB_RC_OK;
3866 }
3867 }
3868 return GDB_RC_NONE;
3869}
3870
3871enum gdb_rc
3872gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum, char **error_message)
3873{
3874 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
3875 args.bnum = bnum;
3876 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
3877 an error. */
3878 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
3879 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
3880 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
3881 else
3882 return GDB_RC_OK;
3883}
3884
3885/* Return non-zero if B is user settable (breakpoints, watchpoints,
3886 catchpoints, et.al.). */
3887
3888static int
3889user_settable_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
3890{
3891 return (b->type == bp_breakpoint
3892 || b->type == bp_catch_load
3893 || b->type == bp_catch_unload
3894 || b->type == bp_catch_fork
3895 || b->type == bp_catch_vfork
3896 || b->type == bp_catch_exec
3897 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
3898 || b->type == bp_watchpoint
3899 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
3900 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint
3901 || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint);
3902}
3903
3904/* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
3905 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user settable breakpoints.
3906 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non- user settable breakpoints. */
3907
3908static void
3909breakpoint_1 (int bnum, int allflag)
3910{
3911 struct breakpoint *b;
3912 CORE_ADDR last_addr = (CORE_ADDR) -1;
3913 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
3914 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
3915
3916 /* Compute the number of rows in the table. */
3917 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
3918 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3919 if (bnum == -1
3920 || bnum == b->number)
3921 {
3922 if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b))
3923 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
3924 }
3925
3926 if (addressprint)
3927 bkpttbl_chain
3928 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints,
3929 "BreakpointTable");
3930 else
3931 bkpttbl_chain
3932 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints,
3933 "BreakpointTable");
3934
3935 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3936 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
3937 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3938 annotate_field (0);
3939 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
3940 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3941 annotate_field (1);
3942 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
3943 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3944 annotate_field (2);
3945 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
3946 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3947 annotate_field (3);
3948 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
3949 if (addressprint)
3950 {
3951 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3952 annotate_field (4);
3953 if (gdbarch_addr_bit (current_gdbarch) <= 32)
3954 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
3955 else
3956 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
3957 }
3958 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3959 annotate_field (5);
3960 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
3961 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
3962 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3963 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
3964
3965 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3966 if (bnum == -1
3967 || bnum == b->number)
3968 {
3969 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
3970 allflag is set. */
3971 if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b))
3972 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_addr);
3973 }
3974
3975 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
3976
3977 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
3978 {
3979 if (bnum == -1)
3980 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
3981 else
3982 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoint or watchpoint number %d.\n",
3983 bnum);
3984 }
3985 else
3986 {
3987 /* Compare against (CORE_ADDR)-1 in case some compiler decides
3988 that a comparison of an unsigned with -1 is always false. */
3989 if (last_addr != (CORE_ADDR) -1 && !server_command)
3990 set_next_address (last_addr);
3991 }
3992
3993 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
3994 there have been breakpoints? */
3995 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
3996}
3997
3998static void
3999breakpoints_info (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty)
4000{
4001 int bnum = -1;
4002
4003 if (bnum_exp)
4004 bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp);
4005
4006 breakpoint_1 (bnum, 0);
4007}
4008
4009static void
4010maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty)
4011{
4012 int bnum = -1;
4013
4014 if (bnum_exp)
4015 bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp);
4016
4017 breakpoint_1 (bnum, 1);
4018}
4019
4020static int
4021breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR pc, asection *section)
4022{
4023 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
4024 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
4025 {
4026 if (bl->address == pc
4027 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
4028 return 1;
4029 }
4030 return 0;
4031}
4032
4033/* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. */
4034
4035static void
4036describe_other_breakpoints (CORE_ADDR pc, asection *section, int thread)
4037{
4038 int others = 0;
4039 struct breakpoint *b;
4040
4041 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4042 others += breakpoint_has_pc (b, pc, section);
4043 if (others > 0)
4044 {
4045 if (others == 1)
4046 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
4047 else /* if (others == ???) */
4048 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
4049 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4050 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b, pc, section))
4051 {
4052 others--;
4053 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
4054 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
4055 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
4056 else if (b->thread != -1)
4057 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
4058 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
4059 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled ||
4060 b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
4061 ? " (disabled)"
4062 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
4063 ? " (permanent)"
4064 : ""),
4065 (others > 1) ? ","
4066 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
4067 }
4068 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
4069 fputs_filtered (paddress (pc), gdb_stdout);
4070 printf_filtered (".\n");
4071 }
4072}
4073\f
4074/* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
4075 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
4076
4077void
4078set_default_breakpoint (int valid, CORE_ADDR addr, struct symtab *symtab,
4079 int line)
4080{
4081 default_breakpoint_valid = valid;
4082 default_breakpoint_address = addr;
4083 default_breakpoint_symtab = symtab;
4084 default_breakpoint_line = line;
4085}
4086
4087/* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
4088 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
4089 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
4090 (or use it for any other purpose either).
4091
4092 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will always
4093 have a zero valued address and we don't want check_duplicates() to mark
4094 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
4095 breakpoint at address zero:
4096
4097 bp_watchpoint
4098 bp_hardware_watchpoint
4099 bp_read_watchpoint
4100 bp_access_watchpoint
4101 bp_catch_exec
4102 bp_catch_fork
4103 bp_catch_vork */
4104
4105static int
4106breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
4107{
4108 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
4109
4110 return (type != bp_watchpoint
4111 && type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4112 && type != bp_read_watchpoint
4113 && type != bp_access_watchpoint
4114 && type != bp_catch_exec
4115 && type != bp_catch_fork
4116 && type != bp_catch_vfork);
4117}
4118
4119/* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section as BPT,
4120 marking the first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates".
4121 This is so that the bpt instruction is only inserted once.
4122 If we have a permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make
4123 that one the official one, and the rest as duplicates. */
4124
4125static void
4126check_duplicates_for (CORE_ADDR address, asection *section)
4127{
4128 struct bp_location *b;
4129 int count = 0;
4130 struct bp_location *perm_bp = 0;
4131
4132 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
4133 if (b->owner->enable_state != bp_disabled
4134 && b->owner->enable_state != bp_call_disabled
4135 && b->enabled
4136 && !b->shlib_disabled
4137 && b->address == address /* address / overlay match */
4138 && (!overlay_debugging || b->section == section)
4139 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b->owner))
4140 {
4141 /* Have we found a permanent breakpoint? */
4142 if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
4143 {
4144 perm_bp = b;
4145 break;
4146 }
4147
4148 count++;
4149 b->duplicate = count > 1;
4150 }
4151
4152 /* If we found a permanent breakpoint at this address, go over the
4153 list again and declare all the other breakpoints there to be the
4154 duplicates. */
4155 if (perm_bp)
4156 {
4157 perm_bp->duplicate = 0;
4158
4159 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
4160 if (! perm_bp->inserted)
4161 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4162 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
4163 "actually inserted"));
4164
4165 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
4166 if (b != perm_bp)
4167 {
4168 if (b->owner->enable_state != bp_disabled
4169 && b->owner->enable_state != bp_call_disabled
4170 && b->enabled && !b->shlib_disabled
4171 && b->address == address /* address / overlay match */
4172 && (!overlay_debugging || b->section == section)
4173 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b->owner))
4174 {
4175 if (b->inserted)
4176 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4177 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
4178 "a permanent breakpoint"));
4179
4180 b->duplicate = 1;
4181 }
4182 }
4183 }
4184}
4185
4186static void
4187check_duplicates (struct breakpoint *bpt)
4188{
4189 struct bp_location *bl = bpt->loc;
4190
4191 if (! breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (bpt))
4192 return;
4193
4194 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
4195 check_duplicates_for (bl->address, bl->section);
4196}
4197
4198static void
4199breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
4200 int bnum, int have_bnum)
4201{
4202 char astr1[40];
4203 char astr2[40];
4204
4205 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
4206 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
4207 if (have_bnum)
4208 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
4209 bnum, astr1, astr2);
4210 else
4211 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
4212}
4213
4214/* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural constraints
4215 on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address. Note: Very
4216 few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most targets,
4217 this function is simply the identity function. */
4218
4219static CORE_ADDR
4220adjust_breakpoint_address (CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
4221{
4222 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (current_gdbarch))
4223 {
4224 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
4225 return bpaddr;
4226 }
4227 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
4228 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4229 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
4230 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
4231 || bptype == bp_catch_fork
4232 || bptype == bp_catch_vfork
4233 || bptype == bp_catch_exec)
4234 {
4235 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
4236 have their addresses modified. */
4237 return bpaddr;
4238 }
4239 else
4240 {
4241 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
4242
4243 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
4244 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
4245 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (current_gdbarch,
4246 bpaddr);
4247
4248 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
4249 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
4250 is required. */
4251 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
4252 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
4253
4254 return adjusted_bpaddr;
4255 }
4256}
4257
4258/* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
4259
4260static struct bp_location *
4261allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bptype bp_type)
4262{
4263 struct bp_location *loc, *loc_p;
4264
4265 loc = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location));
4266 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
4267
4268 loc->owner = bpt;
4269 loc->cond = NULL;
4270 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
4271 loc->enabled = 1;
4272
4273 switch (bp_type)
4274 {
4275 case bp_breakpoint:
4276 case bp_until:
4277 case bp_finish:
4278 case bp_longjmp:
4279 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4280 case bp_step_resume:
4281 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4282 case bp_call_dummy:
4283 case bp_shlib_event:
4284 case bp_thread_event:
4285 case bp_overlay_event:
4286 case bp_catch_load:
4287 case bp_catch_unload:
4288 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
4289 break;
4290 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4291 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
4292 break;
4293 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4294 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4295 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4296 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
4297 break;
4298 case bp_watchpoint:
4299 case bp_catch_fork:
4300 case bp_catch_vfork:
4301 case bp_catch_exec:
4302 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
4303 break;
4304 default:
4305 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
4306 }
4307
4308 return loc;
4309}
4310
4311static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
4312{
4313 if (loc->cond)
4314 xfree (loc->cond);
4315
4316 if (loc->function_name)
4317 xfree (loc->function_name);
4318
4319 xfree (loc);
4320}
4321
4322/* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
4323 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
4324
4325static struct breakpoint *
4326set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (enum bptype bptype)
4327{
4328 struct breakpoint *b, *b1;
4329
4330 b = (struct breakpoint *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint));
4331 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
4332
4333 b->type = bptype;
4334 b->language = current_language->la_language;
4335 b->input_radix = input_radix;
4336 b->thread = -1;
4337 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4338 b->next = 0;
4339 b->silent = 0;
4340 b->ignore_count = 0;
4341 b->commands = NULL;
4342 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
4343 b->dll_pathname = NULL;
4344 b->triggered_dll_pathname = NULL;
4345 b->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
4346 b->exec_pathname = NULL;
4347 b->ops = NULL;
4348 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
4349
4350 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain
4351 so that a list of breakpoints will come out in order
4352 of increasing numbers. */
4353
4354 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
4355 if (b1 == 0)
4356 breakpoint_chain = b;
4357 else
4358 {
4359 while (b1->next)
4360 b1 = b1->next;
4361 b1->next = b;
4362 }
4363 return b;
4364}
4365
4366/* Initialize loc->function_name. */
4367static void
4368set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc)
4369{
4370 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
4371 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
4372 {
4373 find_pc_partial_function (loc->address, &(loc->function_name),
4374 NULL, NULL);
4375 if (loc->function_name)
4376 loc->function_name = xstrdup (loc->function_name);
4377 }
4378}
4379
4380/* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
4381 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
4382 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
4383 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
4384 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
4385 is also returned as the value of this function.
4386
4387 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
4388 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
4389 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
4390 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
4391 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
4392 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
4393 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
4394
4395struct breakpoint *
4396set_raw_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype)
4397{
4398 struct breakpoint *b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (bptype);
4399 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
4400
4401 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
4402 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
4403 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
4404 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
4405 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
4406 location that's only been partially initialized. */
4407 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (sal.pc, bptype);
4408
4409 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b, bptype);
4410 b->loc->requested_address = sal.pc;
4411 b->loc->address = adjusted_address;
4412
4413 if (sal.symtab == NULL)
4414 b->source_file = NULL;
4415 else
4416 b->source_file = savestring (sal.symtab->filename,
4417 strlen (sal.symtab->filename));
4418 b->loc->section = sal.section;
4419 b->line_number = sal.line;
4420
4421 set_breakpoint_location_function (b->loc);
4422
4423 breakpoints_changed ();
4424
4425 return b;
4426}
4427
4428
4429/* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
4430 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
4431void
4432make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
4433{
4434 struct bp_location *bl;
4435 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
4436
4437 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the code.
4438 Mark all locations as inserted. For now, make_breakpoint_permanent
4439 is called in just one place, so it's hard to say if it's reasonable
4440 to have permanent breakpoint with multiple locations or not,
4441 but it's easy to implmement. */
4442 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
4443 bl->inserted = 1;
4444}
4445
4446static struct breakpoint *
4447create_internal_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type)
4448{
4449 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
4450 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4451 struct breakpoint *b;
4452
4453 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
4454
4455 sal.pc = address;
4456 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
4457
4458 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
4459 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
4460 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
4461
4462 return b;
4463}
4464
4465
4466static void
4467create_longjmp_breakpoint (char *func_name)
4468{
4469 struct minimal_symbol *m;
4470
4471 if ((m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, NULL)) == NULL)
4472 return;
4473 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m), bp_longjmp);
4474 update_global_location_list (1);
4475}
4476
4477/* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
4478 if we do a longjmp(). When we hit that breakpoint, call
4479 set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint() to figure out where we are going. */
4480
4481void
4482set_longjmp_breakpoint (void)
4483{
4484 if (gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (current_gdbarch))
4485 {
4486 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("longjmp");
4487 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
4488 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
4489 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
4490 }
4491}
4492
4493/* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
4494void
4495delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
4496{
4497 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4498
4499 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4500 if (b->type == bp_longjmp)
4501 {
4502 if (b->thread == thread)
4503 delete_breakpoint (b);
4504 }
4505}
4506
4507static void
4508create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *func_name)
4509{
4510 struct breakpoint *b;
4511 struct minimal_symbol *m;
4512
4513 if ((m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, NULL)) == NULL)
4514 return;
4515
4516 b = create_internal_breakpoint (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m),
4517 bp_overlay_event);
4518 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
4519
4520 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
4521 {
4522 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4523 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
4524 }
4525 else
4526 {
4527 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4528 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
4529 }
4530 update_global_location_list (1);
4531}
4532
4533void
4534enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4535{
4536 struct breakpoint *b;
4537
4538 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4539 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
4540 {
4541 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4542 update_global_location_list (1);
4543 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
4544 }
4545}
4546
4547void
4548disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4549{
4550 struct breakpoint *b;
4551
4552 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4553 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
4554 {
4555 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4556 update_global_location_list (0);
4557 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
4558 }
4559}
4560
4561struct breakpoint *
4562create_thread_event_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address)
4563{
4564 struct breakpoint *b;
4565
4566 b = create_internal_breakpoint (address, bp_thread_event);
4567
4568 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4569 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
4570 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("*0x%s", paddr (b->loc->address));
4571
4572 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
4573
4574 return b;
4575}
4576
4577void
4578remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
4579{
4580 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4581
4582 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4583 if (b->type == bp_thread_event)
4584 delete_breakpoint (b);
4585}
4586
4587struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
4588 {
4589 char **arg_p;
4590 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals_p;
4591 char ***addr_string_p;
4592 int *not_found_ptr;
4593 };
4594
4595struct lang_and_radix
4596 {
4597 enum language lang;
4598 int radix;
4599 };
4600
4601
4602void
4603remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
4604{
4605 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4606
4607 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4608 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
4609 delete_breakpoint (b);
4610}
4611
4612struct breakpoint *
4613create_solib_event_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address)
4614{
4615 struct breakpoint *b;
4616
4617 b = create_internal_breakpoint (address, bp_shlib_event);
4618 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
4619 return b;
4620}
4621
4622/* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
4623 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
4624
4625void
4626disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
4627{
4628 struct bp_location *loc;
4629 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
4630
4631 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc)
4632 {
4633 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
4634 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled
4635 for those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
4636 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to insert
4637 all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here, we'll try
4638 to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
4639 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint) || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint))
4640 && !loc->shlib_disabled
4641#ifdef PC_SOLIB
4642 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
4643#else
4644 && solib_address (loc->address)
4645#endif
4646 )
4647 {
4648 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
4649 }
4650 }
4651}
4652
4653/* Disable any breakpoints that are in in an unloaded shared library. Only
4654 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
4655
4656static void
4657disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
4658{
4659 struct bp_location *loc;
4660 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
4661
4662 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc)
4663 {
4664 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
4665 if ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
4666 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4667 && !loc->shlib_disabled)
4668 {
4669#ifdef PC_SOLIB
4670 char *so_name = PC_SOLIB (loc->address);
4671#else
4672 char *so_name = solib_address (loc->address);
4673#endif
4674 if (so_name && !strcmp (so_name, solib->so_name))
4675 {
4676 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
4677 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
4678 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
4679 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
4680 loc->inserted = 0;
4681 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
4682 {
4683 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4684 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
4685 so_name);
4686 }
4687 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
4688 }
4689 }
4690 }
4691}
4692
4693static void
4694create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
4695 enum bptype bp_kind)
4696{
4697 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4698 struct breakpoint *b;
4699 int thread = -1; /* All threads. */
4700
4701 init_sal (&sal);
4702 sal.pc = 0;
4703 sal.symtab = NULL;
4704 sal.line = 0;
4705
4706 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_kind);
4707 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
4708 b->number = breakpoint_count;
4709 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ?
4710 NULL : savestring (cond_string, strlen (cond_string));
4711 b->thread = thread;
4712 b->addr_string = NULL;
4713 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4714 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
4715 b->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
4716 update_global_location_list (1);
4717
4718
4719 mention (b);
4720}
4721
4722static void
4723create_fork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string)
4724{
4725 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string, bp_catch_fork);
4726}
4727
4728static void
4729create_vfork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string)
4730{
4731 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string, bp_catch_vfork);
4732}
4733
4734static void
4735create_exec_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string)
4736{
4737 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4738 struct breakpoint *b;
4739 int thread = -1; /* All threads. */
4740
4741 init_sal (&sal);
4742 sal.pc = 0;
4743 sal.symtab = NULL;
4744 sal.line = 0;
4745
4746 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_catch_exec);
4747 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
4748 b->number = breakpoint_count;
4749 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ?
4750 NULL : savestring (cond_string, strlen (cond_string));
4751 b->thread = thread;
4752 b->addr_string = NULL;
4753 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4754 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
4755 update_global_location_list (1);
4756
4757 mention (b);
4758}
4759
4760static int
4761hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
4762{
4763 struct breakpoint *b;
4764 int i = 0;
4765
4766 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4767 {
4768 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
4769 i++;
4770 }
4771
4772 return i;
4773}
4774
4775static int
4776hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
4777{
4778 struct breakpoint *b;
4779 int i = 0;
4780
4781 *other_type_used = 0;
4782 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4783 {
4784 if (breakpoint_enabled (b))
4785 {
4786 if (b->type == type)
4787 i++;
4788 else if ((b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
4789 b->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
4790 b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4791 *other_type_used = 1;
4792 }
4793 }
4794 return i;
4795}
4796
4797void
4798disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
4799{
4800 struct breakpoint *b;
4801
4802 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4803 {
4804 if (((b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4805 || (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4806 || (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4807 || (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4808 && breakpoint_enabled (b))
4809 {
4810 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
4811 update_global_location_list (0);
4812 }
4813 }
4814}
4815
4816void
4817enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
4818{
4819 struct breakpoint *b;
4820
4821 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4822 {
4823 if (((b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4824 || (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4825 || (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4826 || (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4827 && (b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled))
4828 {
4829 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4830 update_global_location_list (1);
4831 }
4832 }
4833}
4834
4835
4836/* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
4837 at address specified by SAL.
4838 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
4839
4840struct breakpoint *
4841set_momentary_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal, struct frame_id frame_id,
4842 enum bptype type)
4843{
4844 struct breakpoint *b;
4845 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
4846 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4847 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
4848 b->frame_id = frame_id;
4849
4850 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we
4851 want momentary breakpoints to be active in only a
4852 single thread of control. */
4853 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
4854 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
4855
4856 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
4857
4858 return b;
4859}
4860
4861struct breakpoint *
4862set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (CORE_ADDR pc, enum bptype type)
4863{
4864 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4865
4866 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
4867 sal.pc = pc;
4868 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
4869 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
4870
4871 return set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, null_frame_id, type);
4872}
4873\f
4874
4875/* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
4876
4877static void
4878mention (struct breakpoint *b)
4879{
4880 int say_where = 0;
4881 struct cleanup *old_chain, *ui_out_chain;
4882 struct ui_stream *stb;
4883
4884 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
4885 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
4886
4887 /* FIXME: This is misplaced; mention() is called by things (like
4888 hitting a watchpoint) other than breakpoint creation. It should
4889 be possible to clean this up and at the same time replace the
4890 random calls to breakpoint_changed with this hook. */
4891 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b->number);
4892
4893 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_mention != NULL)
4894 b->ops->print_mention (b);
4895 else
4896 switch (b->type)
4897 {
4898 case bp_none:
4899 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "), b->number);
4900 break;
4901 case bp_watchpoint:
4902 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
4903 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
4904 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4905 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
4906 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
4907 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
4908 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
4909 break;
4910 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4911 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
4912 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
4913 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4914 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
4915 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
4916 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
4917 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
4918 break;
4919 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4920 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
4921 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
4922 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4923 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
4924 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
4925 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
4926 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
4927 break;
4928 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4929 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
4930 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
4931 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4932 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
4933 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
4934 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
4935 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
4936 break;
4937 case bp_breakpoint:
4938 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4939 {
4940 say_where = 0;
4941 break;
4942 }
4943 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
4944 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
4945 else
4946 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
4947 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
4948 say_where = 1;
4949 break;
4950 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4951 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4952 {
4953 say_where = 0;
4954 break;
4955 }
4956 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
4957 say_where = 1;
4958 break;
4959 case bp_catch_load:
4960 case bp_catch_unload:
4961 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s %s)"),
4962 b->number,
4963 (b->type == bp_catch_load) ? "load" : "unload",
4964 (b->dll_pathname != NULL) ?
4965 b->dll_pathname : "<any library>");
4966 break;
4967 case bp_catch_fork:
4968 case bp_catch_vfork:
4969 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"),
4970 b->number,
4971 (b->type == bp_catch_fork) ? "fork" : "vfork");
4972 break;
4973 case bp_catch_exec:
4974 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"),
4975 b->number);
4976 break;
4977
4978 case bp_until:
4979 case bp_finish:
4980 case bp_longjmp:
4981 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4982 case bp_step_resume:
4983 case bp_call_dummy:
4984 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4985 case bp_shlib_event:
4986 case bp_thread_event:
4987 case bp_overlay_event:
4988 break;
4989 }
4990
4991 if (say_where)
4992 {
4993 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
4994 single string. */
4995 if (b->loc == NULL)
4996 {
4997 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
4998 }
4999 else
5000 {
5001 if (addressprint || b->source_file == NULL)
5002 {
5003 printf_filtered (" at ");
5004 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->address), gdb_stdout);
5005 }
5006 if (b->source_file)
5007 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
5008 b->source_file, b->line_number);
5009
5010 if (b->loc->next)
5011 {
5012 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
5013 int n = 0;
5014 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
5015 ++n;
5016 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
5017 }
5018
5019 }
5020 }
5021 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5022 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5023 return;
5024 printf_filtered ("\n");
5025}
5026\f
5027
5028static struct bp_location *
5029add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum bptype bptype,
5030 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5031{
5032 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
5033
5034 loc = allocate_bp_location (b, bptype);
5035 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
5036 ;
5037 *tmp = loc;
5038 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
5039 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->requested_address,
5040 bptype);
5041 loc->section = sal->section;
5042
5043 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc);
5044 return loc;
5045}
5046
5047/* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
5048 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
5049 as condition expression. */
5050
5051static void
5052create_breakpoint (struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
5053 char *cond_string,
5054 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
5055 int thread, int ignore_count,
5056 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty)
5057{
5058 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5059 int i;
5060
5061 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
5062 {
5063 int i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
5064 int target_resources_ok =
5065 TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
5066 i + 1, 0);
5067 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
5068 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
5069 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
5070 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
5071 }
5072
5073 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
5074 {
5075 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
5076 struct bp_location *loc;
5077
5078 if (from_tty)
5079 describe_other_breakpoints (sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
5080
5081 if (i == 0)
5082 {
5083 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
5084 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
5085 b->number = breakpoint_count;
5086 b->thread = thread;
5087
5088 b->cond_string = cond_string;
5089 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
5090 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5091 b->disposition = disposition;
5092
5093 loc = b->loc;
5094 }
5095 else
5096 {
5097 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, type, &sal);
5098 }
5099
5100 if (b->cond_string)
5101 {
5102 char *arg = b->cond_string;
5103 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
5104 if (*arg)
5105 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg);
5106 }
5107 }
5108
5109 if (addr_string)
5110 b->addr_string = addr_string;
5111 else
5112 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
5113 me. */
5114 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("*0x%s", paddr (b->loc->address));
5115
5116 b->ops = ops;
5117 mention (b);
5118}
5119
5120/* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
5121 elements to fill the void space. */
5122static void remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines *sal, int index_to_remove)
5123{
5124 int i = index_to_remove+1;
5125 int last_index = sal->nelts-1;
5126
5127 for (;i <= last_index; ++i)
5128 sal->sals[i-1] = sal->sals[i];
5129
5130 --(sal->nelts);
5131}
5132
5133/* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond
5134 to the same file and line as SAL. This is done
5135 only if SAL does not have explicit PC and has
5136 line and file information. If we got just a single
5137 expanded sal, return the original.
5138
5139 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out
5140 all sals for which the name of enclosing function
5141 is different from SAL. This makes sure that if we have
5142 breakpoint originally set in template instantiation, say
5143 foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at the same
5144 line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'.
5145
5146*/
5147struct symtabs_and_lines
5148expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal)
5149{
5150 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
5151 CORE_ADDR original_pc = sal.pc;
5152 char *original_function = NULL;
5153 int found;
5154 int i;
5155
5156 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
5157 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
5158 if (sal.explicit_pc || sal.line == 0 || sal.symtab == NULL)
5159 {
5160 expanded.nelts = 1;
5161 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5162 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5163 return expanded;
5164 }
5165
5166 sal.pc = 0;
5167 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc, &original_function, NULL, NULL);
5168
5169 expanded = expand_line_sal (sal);
5170 if (expanded.nelts == 1)
5171 {
5172 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Without futher
5173 processing, just return the original sal. */
5174 xfree (expanded.sals);
5175 expanded.nelts = 1;
5176 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5177 sal.pc = original_pc;
5178 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5179 return expanded;
5180 }
5181
5182 if (!sal.explicit_line)
5183 {
5184 CORE_ADDR func_addr, func_end;
5185 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
5186 {
5187 CORE_ADDR pc = expanded.sals[i].pc;
5188 char *this_function;
5189 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc, &this_function,
5190 &func_addr, &func_end))
5191 {
5192 if (this_function &&
5193 strcmp (this_function, original_function) != 0)
5194 {
5195 remove_sal (&expanded, i);
5196 --i;
5197 }
5198 else if (func_addr == pc)
5199 {
5200 /* We're at beginning of a function, and should
5201 skip prologue. */
5202 struct symbol *sym = find_pc_function (pc);
5203 if (sym)
5204 expanded.sals[i] = find_function_start_sal (sym, 1);
5205 else
5206 expanded.sals[i].pc
5207 = gdbarch_skip_prologue (current_gdbarch, pc);
5208 }
5209 }
5210 }
5211 }
5212
5213
5214 if (expanded.nelts <= 1)
5215 {
5216 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero
5217 expanded sals then something is really wrong.
5218 Fix that by returnign the original sal. */
5219 xfree (expanded.sals);
5220 expanded.nelts = 1;
5221 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5222 sal.pc = original_pc;
5223 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5224 return expanded;
5225 }
5226
5227 if (original_pc)
5228 {
5229 found = 0;
5230 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
5231 if (expanded.sals[i].pc == original_pc)
5232 {
5233 found = 1;
5234 break;
5235 }
5236 gdb_assert (found);
5237 }
5238
5239 return expanded;
5240}
5241
5242/* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
5243 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
5244 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
5245 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
5246 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
5247 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
5248 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
5249 we take just a single condition string.
5250
5251 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
5252 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
5253 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
5254 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
5255 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
5256
5257static void
5258create_breakpoints (struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char **addr_string,
5259 char *cond_string,
5260 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
5261 int thread, int ignore_count,
5262 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty)
5263{
5264 int i;
5265 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
5266 {
5267 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded =
5268 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[i]);
5269
5270 create_breakpoint (expanded, addr_string[i],
5271 cond_string, type, disposition,
5272 thread, ignore_count, ops, from_tty);
5273 }
5274
5275 update_global_location_list (1);
5276}
5277
5278/* Parse ARG which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
5279 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
5280 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
5281 address strings. ARG points to the end of the SAL. */
5282
5283static void
5284parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
5285 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
5286 char ***addr_string,
5287 int *not_found_ptr)
5288{
5289 char *addr_start = *address;
5290 *addr_string = NULL;
5291 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
5292 breakpoint. */
5293 if ((*address) == NULL
5294 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
5295 {
5296 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
5297 {
5298 struct symtab_and_line sal;
5299 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
5300 sals->sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
5301 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5302 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
5303 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
5304 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
5305 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
5306 sals->sals[0] = sal;
5307 sals->nelts = 1;
5308 }
5309 else
5310 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
5311 }
5312 else
5313 {
5314 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
5315 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default). This
5316 should produce the results we want almost all of the time while
5317 leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
5318 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
5319 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
5320
5321 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
5322
5323 if (default_breakpoint_valid
5324 && (!cursal.symtab
5325 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
5326 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
5327 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
5328 default_breakpoint_line, addr_string,
5329 not_found_ptr);
5330 else
5331 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
5332 addr_string, not_found_ptr);
5333 }
5334 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
5335 if (sals->nelts > 0 && *addr_string == NULL)
5336 *addr_string = xcalloc (sals->nelts, sizeof (char **));
5337 if (addr_start != (*address))
5338 {
5339 int i;
5340 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
5341 {
5342 /* Add the string if not present. */
5343 if ((*addr_string)[i] == NULL)
5344 (*addr_string)[i] = savestring (addr_start, (*address) - addr_start);
5345 }
5346 }
5347}
5348
5349
5350/* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
5351 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
5352
5353static void
5354breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
5355 char *address)
5356{
5357 int i;
5358 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
5359 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
5360}
5361
5362static void
5363do_captured_parse_breakpoint (struct ui_out *ui, void *data)
5364{
5365 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args *args = data;
5366
5367 parse_breakpoint_sals (args->arg_p, args->sals_p, args->addr_string_p,
5368 args->not_found_ptr);
5369}
5370
5371/* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
5372 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
5373 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
5374 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
5375 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
5376 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
5377static void
5378find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
5379 char **cond_string, int *thread)
5380{
5381 *cond_string = NULL;
5382 *thread = -1;
5383 while (tok && *tok)
5384 {
5385 char *end_tok;
5386 int toklen;
5387 char *cond_start = NULL;
5388 char *cond_end = NULL;
5389 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
5390 tok++;
5391
5392 end_tok = tok;
5393
5394 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
5395 end_tok++;
5396
5397 toklen = end_tok - tok;
5398
5399 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
5400 {
5401 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
5402 parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
5403 cond_end = tok;
5404 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start,
5405 cond_end - cond_start);
5406 }
5407 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
5408 {
5409 char *tmptok;
5410
5411 tok = end_tok + 1;
5412 tmptok = tok;
5413 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
5414 if (tok == tmptok)
5415 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
5416 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
5417 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
5418 }
5419 else
5420 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
5421 }
5422}
5423
5424/* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between
5425 CLI and MI functions for setting a breakpoint.
5426 This function has two major modes of operations,
5427 selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD parameter.
5428 If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
5429 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise,
5430 ARG is just the location of breakpoint, with condition
5431 and thread specified by the COND_STRING and THREAD
5432 parameters. */
5433
5434static void
5435break_command_really (char *arg, char *cond_string, int thread,
5436 int parse_condition_and_thread,
5437 int tempflag, int hardwareflag,
5438 int ignore_count,
5439 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
5440 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
5441 int from_tty)
5442{
5443 struct gdb_exception e;
5444 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
5445 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal;
5446 char *copy_arg;
5447 char *err_msg;
5448 char *addr_start = arg;
5449 char **addr_string;
5450 struct cleanup *old_chain;
5451 struct cleanup *breakpoint_chain = NULL;
5452 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args parse_args;
5453 int i;
5454 int pending = 0;
5455 int not_found = 0;
5456
5457 sals.sals = NULL;
5458 sals.nelts = 0;
5459 addr_string = NULL;
5460
5461 parse_args.arg_p = &arg;
5462 parse_args.sals_p = &sals;
5463 parse_args.addr_string_p = &addr_string;
5464 parse_args.not_found_ptr = &not_found;
5465
5466 e = catch_exception (uiout, do_captured_parse_breakpoint,
5467 &parse_args, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5468
5469 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
5470 switch (e.reason)
5471 {
5472 case RETURN_QUIT:
5473 throw_exception (e);
5474 case RETURN_ERROR:
5475 switch (e.error)
5476 {
5477 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
5478
5479 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
5480 error. */
5481
5482 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
5483 throw_exception (e);
5484
5485 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
5486
5487 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
5488 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
5489 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO &&
5490 !nquery ("Make breakpoint pending on future shared library load? "))
5491 return;
5492
5493 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
5494 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
5495 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
5496 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
5497 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
5498 addr_string = &copy_arg;
5499 sals.nelts = 1;
5500 sals.sals = &pending_sal;
5501 pending_sal.pc = 0;
5502 pending = 1;
5503 break;
5504 default:
5505 throw_exception (e);
5506 }
5507 default:
5508 if (!sals.nelts)
5509 return;
5510 }
5511
5512 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
5513 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5514
5515 if (!pending)
5516 {
5517 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
5518 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
5519
5520 /* Cleanup the addr_string array but not its contents. */
5521 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
5522 }
5523
5524 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
5525 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
5526 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
5527 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
5528 breakpoint_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5529
5530 /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on
5531 the breakpoint_chain and only occure if the breakpoint create
5532 fails. */
5533 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
5534 {
5535 if (addr_string[i] != NULL)
5536 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string[i]);
5537 }
5538
5539 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
5540 are ok for the target. */
5541 if (!pending)
5542 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals, addr_start);
5543
5544 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
5545 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
5546 breakpoint. */
5547 if (!pending)
5548 {
5549 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
5550 {
5551 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
5552 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
5553 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
5554 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
5555 cond_string = NULL;
5556 thread = -1;
5557 find_condition_and_thread (arg, sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string, &thread);
5558 if (cond_string)
5559 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
5560 }
5561 else
5562 {
5563 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
5564 if (cond_string)
5565 {
5566 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
5567 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
5568 }
5569 }
5570 create_breakpoints (sals, addr_string, cond_string,
5571 hardwareflag ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
5572 : bp_breakpoint,
5573 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
5574 thread, ignore_count, ops, from_tty);
5575 }
5576 else
5577 {
5578 struct symtab_and_line sal = {0};
5579 struct breakpoint *b;
5580
5581 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
5582
5583 b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (hardwareflag
5584 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
5585 : bp_breakpoint);
5586 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
5587 b->number = breakpoint_count;
5588 b->thread = -1;
5589 b->addr_string = addr_string[0];
5590 b->cond_string = NULL;
5591 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
5592 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
5593 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
5594 b->ops = ops;
5595
5596 update_global_location_list (1);
5597 mention (b);
5598 }
5599
5600 if (sals.nelts > 1)
5601 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\n"
5602 "Use the \"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
5603 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
5604 breakpoint. */
5605 discard_cleanups (breakpoint_chain);
5606 /* But cleanup everything else. */
5607 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5608}
5609
5610/* Set a breakpoint.
5611 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
5612 condition, and thread.
5613 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
5614 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
5615 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
5616
5617static void
5618break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
5619{
5620 int hardwareflag = flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG;
5621 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
5622
5623 break_command_really (arg,
5624 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
5625 tempflag, hardwareflag,
5626 0 /* Ignore count */,
5627 pending_break_support,
5628 NULL /* breakpoint_ops */,
5629 from_tty);
5630}
5631
5632
5633void
5634set_breakpoint (char *address, char *condition,
5635 int hardwareflag, int tempflag,
5636 int thread, int ignore_count,
5637 int pending)
5638{
5639 break_command_really (address, condition, thread,
5640 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
5641 tempflag, hardwareflag,
5642 ignore_count,
5643 pending
5644 ? AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE : AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE,
5645 NULL, 0);
5646}
5647
5648/* Adjust SAL to the first instruction past the function prologue.
5649 The end of the prologue is determined using the line table from
5650 the debugging information.
5651
5652 If SAL is already past the prologue, then do nothing. */
5653
5654static void
5655skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5656{
5657 struct symbol *sym = find_pc_function (sal->pc);
5658 struct symtab_and_line start_sal;
5659
5660 if (sym == NULL)
5661 return;
5662
5663 start_sal = find_function_start_sal (sym, 1);
5664 if (sal->pc < start_sal.pc)
5665 *sal = start_sal;
5666}
5667
5668/* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
5669
5670void
5671resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5672{
5673 CORE_ADDR pc;
5674
5675 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
5676 {
5677 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
5678 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
5679 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
5680 sal->pc = pc;
5681
5682 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using
5683 a line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
5684 if (sal->explicit_line)
5685 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
5686 }
5687
5688 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
5689 {
5690 struct blockvector *bv;
5691 struct block *b;
5692 struct symbol *sym;
5693
5694 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
5695 if (bv != NULL)
5696 {
5697 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
5698 if (sym != NULL)
5699 {
5700 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
5701 sal->section = SYMBOL_BFD_SECTION (sym);
5702 }
5703 else
5704 {
5705 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll just
5706 have to look harder. This case can be executed if we have
5707 line numbers but no functions (as can happen in assembly
5708 source). */
5709
5710 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
5711
5712 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
5713 if (msym)
5714 sal->section = SYMBOL_BFD_SECTION (msym);
5715 }
5716 }
5717 }
5718}
5719
5720void
5721break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5722{
5723 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
5724}
5725
5726void
5727tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5728{
5729 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
5730}
5731
5732static void
5733hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5734{
5735 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
5736}
5737
5738static void
5739thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5740{
5741 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
5742}
5743
5744static void
5745stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5746{
5747 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
5748Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
5749 stop at <line>\n"));
5750}
5751
5752static void
5753stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5754{
5755 int badInput = 0;
5756
5757 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
5758 badInput = 1;
5759 else if (*arg != '*')
5760 {
5761 char *argptr = arg;
5762 int hasColon = 0;
5763
5764 /* look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
5765 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
5766 function/method name */
5767 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
5768 {
5769 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
5770 argptr++;
5771 }
5772
5773 if (hasColon)
5774 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
5775 else
5776 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
5777 }
5778
5779 if (badInput)
5780 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
5781 else
5782 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
5783}
5784
5785static void
5786stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5787{
5788 int badInput = 0;
5789
5790 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
5791 badInput = 1;
5792 else
5793 {
5794 char *argptr = arg;
5795 int hasColon = 0;
5796
5797 /* look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
5798 it is probably a line number. */
5799 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
5800 {
5801 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
5802 argptr++;
5803 }
5804
5805 if (hasColon)
5806 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
5807 else
5808 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
5809 }
5810
5811 if (badInput)
5812 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
5813 else
5814 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
5815}
5816
5817/* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
5818 hw_read: watch read,
5819 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
5820static void
5821watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
5822{
5823 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
5824 struct symtab_and_line sal;
5825 struct expression *exp;
5826 struct block *exp_valid_block;
5827 struct value *val, *mark;
5828 struct frame_info *frame;
5829 struct frame_info *prev_frame = NULL;
5830 char *exp_start = NULL;
5831 char *exp_end = NULL;
5832 char *tok, *id_tok_start, *end_tok;
5833 int toklen;
5834 char *cond_start = NULL;
5835 char *cond_end = NULL;
5836 struct expression *cond = NULL;
5837 int i, other_type_used, target_resources_ok = 0;
5838 enum bptype bp_type;
5839 int mem_cnt = 0;
5840 int thread = -1;
5841
5842 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
5843
5844 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
5845 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
5846 {
5847 toklen = strlen (arg); /* Size of argument list. */
5848
5849 /* Points tok to the end of the argument list. */
5850 tok = arg + toklen - 1;
5851
5852 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip the last parameter.
5853 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, this should
5854 be the thread identifier. */
5855 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
5856 tok--;
5857 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
5858 tok--;
5859
5860 /* Points end_tok to the beginning of the last token. */
5861 id_tok_start = tok + 1;
5862
5863 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip one more parameter.
5864 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, we should
5865 reach a "thread" token. */
5866 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
5867 tok--;
5868
5869 end_tok = tok;
5870
5871 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
5872 tok--;
5873
5874 /* Move the pointer forward to skip the whitespace and
5875 calculate the length of the token. */
5876 tok++;
5877 toklen = end_tok - tok;
5878
5879 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
5880 {
5881 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
5882 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
5883 only in a specific thread. */
5884 char *endp;
5885
5886 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
5887 thread = strtol (id_tok_start, &endp, 0);
5888
5889 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
5890 thread ID. */
5891 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
5892 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), id_tok_start);
5893
5894 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
5895 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
5896 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
5897
5898 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the thread <thread_num>
5899 parameter before the parameter list is parsed by the
5900 evaluate_expression() function. */
5901 *tok = '\0';
5902 }
5903 }
5904
5905 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
5906 innermost_block = NULL;
5907 exp_start = arg;
5908 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
5909 exp_end = arg;
5910 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
5911 mark = value_mark ();
5912 fetch_watchpoint_value (exp, &val, NULL, NULL);
5913 if (val != NULL)
5914 release_value (val);
5915
5916 tok = arg;
5917 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
5918 tok++;
5919 end_tok = tok;
5920
5921 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
5922 end_tok++;
5923
5924 toklen = end_tok - tok;
5925 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
5926 {
5927 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
5928 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
5929 cond_end = tok;
5930 }
5931 if (*tok)
5932 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
5933
5934 if (accessflag == hw_read)
5935 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
5936 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
5937 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
5938 else
5939 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
5940
5941 mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val);
5942 if (mem_cnt == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5943 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint."));
5944 if (mem_cnt != 0)
5945 {
5946 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_type, &other_type_used);
5947 target_resources_ok =
5948 TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (bp_type, i + mem_cnt,
5949 other_type_used);
5950 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5951 error (_("Target does not support this type of hardware watchpoint."));
5952
5953 if (target_resources_ok < 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5954 error (_("Target can only support one kind of HW watchpoint at a time."));
5955 }
5956
5957 /* Change the type of breakpoint to an ordinary watchpoint if a hardware
5958 watchpoint could not be set. */
5959 if (!mem_cnt || target_resources_ok <= 0)
5960 bp_type = bp_watchpoint;
5961
5962 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
5963 if (frame)
5964 prev_frame = get_prev_frame (frame);
5965 else
5966 prev_frame = NULL;
5967
5968 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
5969 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
5970 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
5971 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
5972 if (innermost_block && prev_frame)
5973 {
5974 scope_breakpoint = create_internal_breakpoint (get_frame_pc (prev_frame),
5975 bp_watchpoint_scope);
5976
5977 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5978
5979 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
5980 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
5981
5982 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
5983 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = get_frame_id (prev_frame);
5984
5985 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
5986 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
5987 = get_frame_pc (prev_frame);
5988 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
5989 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
5990 scope_breakpoint->type);
5991 }
5992
5993 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
5994 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_type);
5995 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
5996 b->number = breakpoint_count;
5997 b->thread = thread;
5998 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
5999 b->exp = exp;
6000 b->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
6001 b->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
6002 b->val = val;
6003 b->val_valid = 1;
6004 b->loc->cond = cond;
6005 if (cond_start)
6006 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
6007 else
6008 b->cond_string = 0;
6009
6010 if (frame)
6011 b->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
6012 else
6013 b->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
6014
6015 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
6016 {
6017 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
6018 need to act on them together. */
6019 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
6020 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
6021 }
6022
6023 value_free_to_mark (mark);
6024 mention (b);
6025 update_global_location_list (1);
6026}
6027
6028/* Return count of locations need to be watched and can be handled
6029 in hardware. If the watchpoint can not be handled
6030 in hardware return zero. */
6031
6032static int
6033can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
6034{
6035 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
6036 struct value *head = v;
6037
6038 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
6039 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
6040 return 0;
6041
6042 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
6043 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
6044 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
6045 hardware watchpoint.
6046
6047 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
6048 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
6049 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
6050 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
6051 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
6052 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
6053 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
6054 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
6055 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
6056
6057 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
6058 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
6059 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
6060 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
6061 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
6062 {
6063 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
6064 {
6065 if (value_lazy (v))
6066 /* A lazy memory lvalue is one that GDB never needed to fetch;
6067 we either just used its address (e.g., `a' in `a.b') or
6068 we never needed it at all (e.g., `a' in `a,b'). */
6069 ;
6070 else
6071 {
6072 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
6073 it with hardware watchpoints. */
6074 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
6075
6076 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
6077 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
6078 middle of some value chain. */
6079 if (v == head
6080 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
6081 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
6082 {
6083 CORE_ADDR vaddr = VALUE_ADDRESS (v) + value_offset (v);
6084 int len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
6085
6086 if (!TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (vaddr, len))
6087 return 0;
6088 else
6089 found_memory_cnt++;
6090 }
6091 }
6092 }
6093 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
6094 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
6095 return 0; /* ??? What does this represent? */
6096 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
6097 return 0; /* cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint */
6098 }
6099
6100 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
6101 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
6102 return found_memory_cnt;
6103}
6104
6105void
6106watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6107{
6108 watch_command (arg, from_tty);
6109}
6110
6111static void
6112watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6113{
6114 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
6115}
6116
6117void
6118rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6119{
6120 rwatch_command (arg, from_tty);
6121}
6122
6123static void
6124rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6125{
6126 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
6127}
6128
6129void
6130awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6131{
6132 awatch_command (arg, from_tty);
6133}
6134
6135static void
6136awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6137{
6138 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
6139}
6140\f
6141
6142/* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
6143 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
6144
6145struct until_break_command_continuation_args
6146{
6147 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
6148 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
6149};
6150
6151/* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
6152 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
6153 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
6154 command. */
6155static void
6156until_break_command_continuation (void *arg)
6157{
6158 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
6159
6160 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
6161 if (a->breakpoint2)
6162 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
6163}
6164
6165void
6166until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
6167{
6168 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
6169 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6170 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
6171 struct frame_info *prev_frame = get_prev_frame (frame);
6172 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
6173 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
6174 struct cleanup *old_chain;
6175
6176 clear_proceed_status ();
6177
6178 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
6179 this function */
6180
6181 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
6182 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
6183 default_breakpoint_line, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
6184 else
6185 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL,
6186 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
6187
6188 if (sals.nelts != 1)
6189 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
6190
6191 sal = sals.sals[0];
6192 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed */
6193
6194 if (*arg)
6195 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6196
6197 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
6198
6199 if (anywhere)
6200 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
6201 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
6202 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, null_frame_id, bp_until);
6203 else
6204 /* Otherwise, specify the current frame, because we want to stop only
6205 at the very same frame. */
6206 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, get_frame_id (frame),
6207 bp_until);
6208
6209 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
6210
6211 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
6212 one. */
6213 if (prev_frame)
6214 {
6215 sal = find_pc_line (get_frame_pc (prev_frame), 0);
6216 sal.pc = get_frame_pc (prev_frame);
6217 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, get_frame_id (prev_frame),
6218 bp_until);
6219 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
6220 }
6221
6222 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
6223
6224 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has actually
6225 managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to be
6226 deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already stopped and
6227 delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
6228
6229 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
6230 {
6231 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
6232 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
6233
6234 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
6235 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
6236
6237 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
6238 add_continuation (until_break_command_continuation, args,
6239 xfree);
6240 }
6241 else
6242 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6243}
6244
6245static void
6246ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s)
6247{
6248 if ((s == NULL) || (*s == NULL))
6249 return;
6250 while (isspace (**s))
6251 *s += 1;
6252}
6253
6254/* This function examines a string, and attempts to find a token
6255 that might be an event name in the leading characters. If a
6256 possible match is found, a pointer to the last character of
6257 the token is returned. Else, NULL is returned. */
6258
6259static char *
6260ep_find_event_name_end (char *arg)
6261{
6262 char *s = arg;
6263 char *event_name_end = NULL;
6264
6265 /* If we could depend upon the presense of strrpbrk, we'd use that... */
6266 if (arg == NULL)
6267 return NULL;
6268
6269 /* We break out of the loop when we find a token delimiter.
6270 Basically, we're looking for alphanumerics and underscores;
6271 anything else delimites the token. */
6272 while (*s != '\0')
6273 {
6274 if (!isalnum (*s) && (*s != '_'))
6275 break;
6276 event_name_end = s;
6277 s++;
6278 }
6279
6280 return event_name_end;
6281}
6282
6283
6284/* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
6285 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
6286
6287 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
6288 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
6289 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
6290 if clause in the arg string. */
6291
6292static char *
6293ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
6294{
6295 char *cond_string;
6296
6297 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
6298 return NULL;
6299
6300 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
6301 (*arg) += 2;
6302
6303 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
6304 condition string. */
6305 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (arg);
6306 cond_string = *arg;
6307
6308 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg string. */
6309 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
6310
6311 return cond_string;
6312}
6313
6314/* This function attempts to parse an optional filename from the arg
6315 string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
6316
6317 Else, it returns a pointer to the parsed filename. (This function
6318 makes no attempt to verify that a file of that name exists, or is
6319 accessible.) And, it updates arg to point to the first character
6320 following the parsed filename in the arg string.
6321
6322 Note that clients needing to preserve the returned filename for
6323 future access should copy it to their own buffers. */
6324static char *
6325ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg)
6326{
6327 static char filename[1024];
6328 char *arg_p = *arg;
6329 int i;
6330 char c;
6331
6332 if ((*arg_p == '\0') || isspace (*arg_p))
6333 return NULL;
6334
6335 for (i = 0;; i++)
6336 {
6337 c = *arg_p;
6338 if (isspace (c))
6339 c = '\0';
6340 filename[i] = c;
6341 if (c == '\0')
6342 break;
6343 arg_p++;
6344 }
6345 *arg = arg_p;
6346
6347 return filename;
6348}
6349
6350/* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
6351 process start/exit, etc. */
6352
6353typedef enum
6354{
6355 catch_fork, catch_vfork
6356}
6357catch_fork_kind;
6358
6359static void
6360catch_fork_command_1 (catch_fork_kind fork_kind, char *arg, int tempflag,
6361 int from_tty)
6362{
6363 char *cond_string = NULL;
6364
6365 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6366
6367 /* The allowed syntax is:
6368 catch [v]fork
6369 catch [v]fork if <cond>
6370
6371 First, check if there's an if clause. */
6372 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6373
6374 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6375 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6376
6377 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
6378 and enable reporting of such events. */
6379 switch (fork_kind)
6380 {
6381 case catch_fork:
6382 create_fork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string);
6383 break;
6384 case catch_vfork:
6385 create_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string);
6386 break;
6387 default:
6388 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
6389 break;
6390 }
6391}
6392
6393static void
6394catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6395{
6396 char *cond_string = NULL;
6397
6398 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6399
6400 /* The allowed syntax is:
6401 catch exec
6402 catch exec if <cond>
6403
6404 First, check if there's an if clause. */
6405 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6406
6407 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6408 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6409
6410 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
6411 and enable reporting of such events. */
6412 create_exec_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string);
6413}
6414
6415static void
6416catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6417{
6418 char *dll_pathname = NULL;
6419 char *cond_string = NULL;
6420
6421 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6422
6423 /* The allowed syntax is:
6424 catch load
6425 catch load if <cond>
6426 catch load <filename>
6427 catch load <filename> if <cond>
6428
6429 The user is not allowed to specify the <filename> after an
6430 if clause.
6431
6432 We'll ignore the pathological case of a file named "if".
6433
6434 First, check if there's an if clause. If so, then there
6435 cannot be a filename. */
6436 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6437
6438 /* If there was an if clause, then there cannot be a filename.
6439 Else, there might be a filename and an if clause. */
6440 if (cond_string == NULL)
6441 {
6442 dll_pathname = ep_parse_optional_filename (&arg);
6443 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6444 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6445 }
6446
6447 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6448 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6449
6450 /* Create a load breakpoint that only triggers when a load of
6451 the specified dll (or any dll, if no pathname was specified)
6452 occurs. */
6453 SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_LOAD_HOOK (PIDGET (inferior_ptid), tempflag,
6454 dll_pathname, cond_string);
6455}
6456
6457static void
6458catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6459{
6460 char *dll_pathname = NULL;
6461 char *cond_string = NULL;
6462
6463 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6464
6465 /* The allowed syntax is:
6466 catch unload
6467 catch unload if <cond>
6468 catch unload <filename>
6469 catch unload <filename> if <cond>
6470
6471 The user is not allowed to specify the <filename> after an
6472 if clause.
6473
6474 We'll ignore the pathological case of a file named "if".
6475
6476 First, check if there's an if clause. If so, then there
6477 cannot be a filename. */
6478 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6479
6480 /* If there was an if clause, then there cannot be a filename.
6481 Else, there might be a filename and an if clause. */
6482 if (cond_string == NULL)
6483 {
6484 dll_pathname = ep_parse_optional_filename (&arg);
6485 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6486 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6487 }
6488
6489 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6490 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6491
6492 /* Create an unload breakpoint that only triggers when an unload of
6493 the specified dll (or any dll, if no pathname was specified)
6494 occurs. */
6495 SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_UNLOAD_HOOK (PIDGET (inferior_ptid), tempflag,
6496 dll_pathname, cond_string);
6497}
6498
6499static enum print_stop_action
6500print_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
6501{
6502 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
6503
6504 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6505
6506 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
6507 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
6508 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
6509 b->loc->address,
6510 b->number, 1);
6511 bp_temp = b->loc->owner->disposition == disp_del;
6512 ui_out_text (uiout,
6513 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
6514 : "Catchpoint ");
6515 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6516 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6517 ui_out_text (uiout,
6518 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
6519 : " (exception caught), ");
6520 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6521 {
6522 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6523 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
6524 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6525 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6526 }
6527 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6528}
6529
6530static void
6531print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
6532{
6533 if (addressprint)
6534 {
6535 annotate_field (4);
6536 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
6537 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6538 else
6539 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", b->loc->address);
6540 }
6541 annotate_field (5);
6542 if (b->loc)
6543 *last_addr = b->loc->address;
6544 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
6545 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
6546 else
6547 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
6548}
6549
6550static void
6551print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
6552{
6553 int bp_temp;
6554 int bp_throw;
6555
6556 bp_temp = b->loc->owner->disposition == disp_del;
6557 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
6558 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
6559 : _("Catchpoint "));
6560 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6561 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
6562 : _(" (catch)"));
6563}
6564
6565static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops = {
6566 print_exception_catchpoint,
6567 print_one_exception_catchpoint,
6568 print_mention_exception_catchpoint
6569};
6570
6571static int
6572handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
6573 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
6574{
6575 char *trigger_func_name;
6576
6577 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
6578 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
6579 else
6580 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
6581
6582 break_command_really (trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1,
6583 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
6584 tempflag, 0,
6585 0,
6586 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
6587 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty);
6588
6589 return 1;
6590}
6591
6592/* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands */
6593
6594static void
6595catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
6596 int tempflag, int from_tty)
6597{
6598 char *cond_string = NULL;
6599 struct symtab_and_line *sal = NULL;
6600
6601 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6602
6603 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6604
6605 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6606 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6607
6608 if ((ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW) &&
6609 (ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH))
6610 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
6611
6612 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
6613 return;
6614
6615 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
6616}
6617
6618/* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
6619
6620static void
6621create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal,
6622 char *addr_string,
6623 char *exp_string,
6624 char *cond_string,
6625 struct expression *cond,
6626 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
6627 int tempflag,
6628 int from_tty)
6629{
6630 struct breakpoint *b;
6631
6632 if (from_tty)
6633 {
6634 describe_other_breakpoints (sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
6635 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
6636 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
6637 used for different exception names will use the same address.
6638 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
6639 unproductive. Besides. the warning phrasing is also a bit
6640 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
6641 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
6642 enough for now, though. */
6643 }
6644
6645 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_breakpoint);
6646 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6647
6648 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6649 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6650 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6651 b->ignore_count = 0;
6652 b->loc->cond = cond;
6653 b->addr_string = addr_string;
6654 b->language = language_ada;
6655 b->cond_string = cond_string;
6656 b->exp_string = exp_string;
6657 b->thread = -1;
6658 b->ops = ops;
6659
6660 mention (b);
6661 update_global_location_list (1);
6662}
6663
6664/* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
6665
6666static void
6667catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6668{
6669 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6670 enum bptype type;
6671 char *addr_string = NULL;
6672 char *exp_string = NULL;
6673 char *cond_string = NULL;
6674 struct expression *cond = NULL;
6675 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
6676
6677 sal = ada_decode_exception_location (arg, &addr_string, &exp_string,
6678 &cond_string, &cond, &ops);
6679 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (sal, addr_string, exp_string,
6680 cond_string, cond, ops, tempflag,
6681 from_tty);
6682}
6683
6684/* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
6685
6686static void
6687catch_assert_command (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6688{
6689 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6690 char *addr_string = NULL;
6691 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
6692
6693 sal = ada_decode_assert_location (arg, &addr_string, &ops);
6694 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (sal, addr_string, NULL, NULL, NULL, ops,
6695 tempflag, from_tty);
6696}
6697
6698static void
6699catch_command_1 (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6700{
6701
6702 /* The first argument may be an event name, such as "start" or "load".
6703 If so, then handle it as such. If it doesn't match an event name,
6704 then attempt to interpret it as an exception name. (This latter is
6705 the v4.16-and-earlier GDB meaning of the "catch" command.)
6706
6707 First, try to find the bounds of what might be an event name. */
6708 char *arg1_start = arg;
6709 char *arg1_end;
6710 int arg1_length;
6711
6712 if (arg1_start == NULL)
6713 {
6714 /* Old behaviour was to use pre-v-4.16 syntax */
6715 /* catch_throw_command_1 (arg1_start, tempflag, from_tty); */
6716 /* return; */
6717 /* Now, this is not allowed */
6718 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
6719
6720 }
6721 arg1_end = ep_find_event_name_end (arg1_start);
6722 if (arg1_end == NULL)
6723 error (_("catch requires an event"));
6724 arg1_length = arg1_end + 1 - arg1_start;
6725
6726 /* Try to match what we found against known event names. */
6727 if (strncmp (arg1_start, "signal", arg1_length) == 0)
6728 {
6729 error (_("Catch of signal not yet implemented"));
6730 }
6731 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "catch", arg1_length) == 0)
6732 {
6733 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg1_end + 1,
6734 tempflag, from_tty);
6735 }
6736 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "throw", arg1_length) == 0)
6737 {
6738 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg1_end + 1,
6739 tempflag, from_tty);
6740 }
6741 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "thread_start", arg1_length) == 0)
6742 {
6743 error (_("Catch of thread_start not yet implemented"));
6744 }
6745 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "thread_exit", arg1_length) == 0)
6746 {
6747 error (_("Catch of thread_exit not yet implemented"));
6748 }
6749 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "thread_join", arg1_length) == 0)
6750 {
6751 error (_("Catch of thread_join not yet implemented"));
6752 }
6753 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "start", arg1_length) == 0)
6754 {
6755 error (_("Catch of start not yet implemented"));
6756 }
6757 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "exit", arg1_length) == 0)
6758 {
6759 error (_("Catch of exit not yet implemented"));
6760 }
6761 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "fork", arg1_length) == 0)
6762 {
6763 catch_fork_command_1 (catch_fork, arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6764 }
6765 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "vfork", arg1_length) == 0)
6766 {
6767 catch_fork_command_1 (catch_vfork, arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6768 }
6769 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "exec", arg1_length) == 0)
6770 {
6771 catch_exec_command_1 (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6772 }
6773 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "load", arg1_length) == 0)
6774 {
6775 catch_load_command_1 (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6776 }
6777 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "unload", arg1_length) == 0)
6778 {
6779 catch_unload_command_1 (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6780 }
6781 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "stop", arg1_length) == 0)
6782 {
6783 error (_("Catch of stop not yet implemented"));
6784 }
6785 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "exception", arg1_length) == 0)
6786 {
6787 catch_ada_exception_command (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6788 }
6789
6790 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "assert", arg1_length) == 0)
6791 {
6792 catch_assert_command (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6793 }
6794
6795 /* This doesn't appear to be an event name */
6796
6797 else
6798 {
6799 /* Pre-v.4.16 behaviour was to treat the argument
6800 as the name of an exception */
6801 /* catch_throw_command_1 (arg1_start, tempflag, from_tty); */
6802 /* Now this is not allowed */
6803 error (_("Unknown event kind specified for catch"));
6804
6805 }
6806}
6807
6808static void
6809catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6810{
6811 catch_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
6812}
6813\f
6814
6815static void
6816tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6817{
6818 catch_command_1 (arg, 1, from_tty);
6819}
6820
6821/* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
6822
6823static void
6824clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6825{
6826 struct breakpoint *b;
6827 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
6828 int ix;
6829 int default_match;
6830 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
6831 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6832 int i;
6833
6834 if (arg)
6835 {
6836 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, 1);
6837 default_match = 0;
6838 }
6839 else
6840 {
6841 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
6842 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
6843 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
6844 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
6845 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
6846 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
6847 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
6848 if (sal.symtab == 0)
6849 error (_("No source file specified."));
6850
6851 sals.sals[0] = sal;
6852 sals.nelts = 1;
6853
6854 default_match = 1;
6855 }
6856
6857 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not
6858 as bad as it seems, because all existing breakpoints
6859 typically have both file/line and pc set. So, if
6860 clear is given file/line, we can match this to existing
6861 breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
6862
6863 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
6864 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
6865 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
6866 due to optimization, all in one block.
6867 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
6868 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
6869 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
6870 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
6871 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
6872 to support that. */
6873
6874 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond
6875 to it. Do it in two passes, solely to preserve the current
6876 behavior that from_tty is forced true if we delete more than
6877 one breakpoint. */
6878
6879 found = NULL;
6880 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
6881 {
6882 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
6883 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
6884 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
6885 or at default pc.
6886
6887 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
6888
6889 0 1 pc
6890 1 1 pc _and_ line
6891 0 0 line
6892 1 0 <can't happen> */
6893
6894 sal = sals.sals[i];
6895
6896 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to
6897 'found'. */
6898 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6899 {
6900 int match = 0;
6901 /* Are we going to delete b? */
6902 if (b->type != bp_none
6903 && b->type != bp_watchpoint
6904 && b->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
6905 && b->type != bp_read_watchpoint
6906 && b->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
6907 {
6908 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
6909 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
6910 {
6911 int pc_match = sal.pc
6912 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
6913 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
6914 || loc->section == sal.section);
6915 int line_match = ((default_match || (0 == sal.pc))
6916 && b->source_file != NULL
6917 && sal.symtab != NULL
6918 && strcmp (b->source_file, sal.symtab->filename) == 0
6919 && b->line_number == sal.line);
6920 if (pc_match || line_match)
6921 {
6922 match = 1;
6923 break;
6924 }
6925 }
6926 }
6927
6928 if (match)
6929 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
6930 }
6931 }
6932 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
6933 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
6934 {
6935 if (arg)
6936 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
6937 else
6938 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
6939 }
6940
6941 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
6942 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one */
6943 if (from_tty)
6944 {
6945 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
6946 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
6947 else
6948 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
6949 }
6950 breakpoints_changed ();
6951
6952 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
6953 {
6954 if (from_tty)
6955 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
6956 delete_breakpoint (b);
6957 }
6958 if (from_tty)
6959 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
6960}
6961\f
6962/* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
6963 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
6964 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
6965
6966void
6967breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
6968{
6969 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
6970
6971 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
6972 if (bs->breakpoint_at
6973 && bs->breakpoint_at->owner
6974 && bs->breakpoint_at->owner->disposition == disp_del
6975 && bs->stop)
6976 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at->owner);
6977
6978 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
6979 {
6980 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
6981 delete_breakpoint (b);
6982 }
6983}
6984
6985/* If SHOULD_INSERT is true, do not insert any breakpoint locations
6986 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
6987 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
6988 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
6989 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
6990 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
6991 returns true on them.
6992
6993 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
6994 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
6995 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
6996 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
6997 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
6998 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
6999
7000static void
7001update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
7002{
7003 struct breakpoint *b;
7004 struct bp_location **next = &bp_location_chain;
7005 struct bp_location *loc;
7006 struct bp_location *loc2;
7007 struct gdb_exception e;
7008 VEC(bp_location_p) *old_locations = NULL;
7009 int ret;
7010 int ix;
7011
7012 /* Store old locations for future reference. */
7013 for (loc = bp_location_chain; loc; loc = loc->global_next)
7014 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, old_locations, loc);
7015
7016 bp_location_chain = NULL;
7017 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7018 {
7019 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
7020 {
7021 *next = loc;
7022 next = &(loc->global_next);
7023 *next = NULL;
7024 }
7025 }
7026
7027 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the new
7028 list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not necessary that
7029 those locations should be removed from inferior -- if there's another
7030 location at the same address (previously marked as duplicate),
7031 we don't need to remove/insert the location. */
7032 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(bp_location_p, old_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
7033 {
7034 /* Tells if 'loc' is found amoung the new locations. If not, we
7035 have to free it. */
7036 int found_object = 0;
7037 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
7038 int keep_in_target = 0;
7039 int removed = 0;
7040 for (loc2 = bp_location_chain; loc2; loc2 = loc2->global_next)
7041 if (loc2 == loc)
7042 {
7043 found_object = 1;
7044 break;
7045 }
7046
7047 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if there's
7048 maybe a new location at the same address. If so, mark that one
7049 inserted, and don't remove this one. This is needed so that we
7050 don't have a time window where a breakpoint at certain location is not
7051 inserted. */
7052
7053 if (loc->inserted)
7054 {
7055 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove it. */
7056
7057 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (loc))
7058 {
7059 /* The location is still present in the location list, and still
7060 should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
7061 keep_in_target = 1;
7062 }
7063 else
7064 {
7065 /* The location is either no longer present, or got disabled.
7066 See if there's another location at the same address, in which
7067 case we don't need to remove this one from the target. */
7068 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc->owner))
7069 for (loc2 = bp_location_chain; loc2; loc2 = loc2->global_next)
7070 {
7071 /* For the sake of should_insert_location. The
7072 call to check_duplicates will fix up this later. */
7073 loc2->duplicate = 0;
7074 if (should_be_inserted (loc2)
7075 && loc2 != loc && loc2->address == loc->address)
7076 {
7077 loc2->inserted = 1;
7078 loc2->target_info = loc->target_info;
7079 keep_in_target = 1;
7080 break;
7081 }
7082 }
7083 }
7084
7085 if (!keep_in_target)
7086 {
7087 if (remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted))
7088 {
7089 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep this
7090 location on the global list, and try to remove it next
7091 time, but there's no particular reason why we will
7092 succeed next time.
7093
7094 Note that at this point, loc->owner is still valid,
7095 as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint only
7096 after calling us. */
7097 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing breakpoint %d\n"),
7098 loc->owner->number);
7099 }
7100 removed = 1;
7101 }
7102 }
7103
7104 if (!found_object)
7105 {
7106 if (removed)
7107 {
7108 /* This location was removed from the targets. In non-stop mode,
7109 a race condition is possible where we've removed a breakpoint,
7110 but stop events for that breakpoint are already queued and will
7111 arrive later. To suppress spurious SIGTRAPs reported to user,
7112 we keep this breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
7113 after we see 3 * thread_count events.
7114 The theory here is that reporting of events should,
7115 "on the average", be fair, so after that many event we'll see
7116 events from all threads that have anything of interest, and no
7117 longer need to keep this breakpoint. This is just a
7118 heuristic, but if it's wrong, we'll report unexpected SIGTRAP,
7119 which is usability issue, but not a correctness problem. */
7120 loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
7121 loc->owner = NULL;
7122 }
7123
7124 free_bp_location (loc);
7125 }
7126 }
7127
7128 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7129 {
7130 check_duplicates (b);
7131 }
7132
7133 if (always_inserted_mode && should_insert && target_has_execution)
7134 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
7135}
7136
7137void
7138breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
7139{
7140 struct bp_location *loc;
7141 int ix;
7142
7143 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
7144 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
7145 {
7146 free_bp_location (loc);
7147 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
7148 --ix;
7149 }
7150}
7151
7152static void
7153update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
7154{
7155 struct gdb_exception e;
7156 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7157 update_global_location_list (inserting);
7158}
7159
7160/* Clear BPT from a BPS. */
7161static void
7162bpstat_remove_breakpoint (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
7163{
7164 bpstat bs;
7165 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
7166 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->owner == bpt)
7167 {
7168 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
7169 bs->old_val = NULL;
7170 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
7171 }
7172}
7173
7174/* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
7175static int
7176bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
7177{
7178 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
7179 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (th->stop_bpstat, bpt);
7180 return 0;
7181}
7182
7183/* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
7184 structures. */
7185
7186void
7187delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7188{
7189 struct breakpoint *b;
7190 struct bp_location *loc, *next;
7191
7192 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
7193
7194 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because multiple
7195 lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are especial culprits.
7196
7197 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When the
7198 scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of scope, and
7199 delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the scope bp is marked
7200 "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat. That bpstat is then
7201 checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are deleted.
7202
7203 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in bp's,
7204 and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing bpstat's, and
7205 teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's storage when no more
7206 references were extent. A cheaper bandaid was chosen. */
7207 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
7208 return;
7209
7210 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt->number);
7211
7212 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
7213 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
7214
7215 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7216 if (b->next == bpt)
7217 {
7218 b->next = bpt->next;
7219 break;
7220 }
7221
7222 free_command_lines (&bpt->commands);
7223 if (bpt->cond_string != NULL)
7224 xfree (bpt->cond_string);
7225 if (bpt->addr_string != NULL)
7226 xfree (bpt->addr_string);
7227 if (bpt->exp != NULL)
7228 xfree (bpt->exp);
7229 if (bpt->exp_string != NULL)
7230 xfree (bpt->exp_string);
7231 if (bpt->val != NULL)
7232 value_free (bpt->val);
7233 if (bpt->source_file != NULL)
7234 xfree (bpt->source_file);
7235 if (bpt->dll_pathname != NULL)
7236 xfree (bpt->dll_pathname);
7237 if (bpt->triggered_dll_pathname != NULL)
7238 xfree (bpt->triggered_dll_pathname);
7239 if (bpt->exec_pathname != NULL)
7240 xfree (bpt->exec_pathname);
7241
7242 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at it after it's been freed. */
7243 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's?
7244 We just check stop_bpstat for now. Note that we cannot just
7245 remove bpstats pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list
7246 entirely, as breakpoint commands are associated with the bpstat;
7247 if we remove it here, then the later call to
7248 bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat);
7249 in event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints
7250 with commands won't work. */
7251
7252 /* Clear the current context. */
7253 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (stop_bpstat, bpt);
7254 /* And from all threads. */
7255 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
7256
7257 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint
7258 list, update the global location list. This
7259 will remove locations that used to belong to
7260 this breakpoint. Do this before freeing
7261 the breakpoint itself, since remove_breakpoint
7262 looks at location's owner. It might be better
7263 design to have location completely self-contained,
7264 but it's not the case now. */
7265 update_global_location_list (0);
7266
7267
7268 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this same
7269 bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
7270 bpt->type = bp_none;
7271
7272 xfree (bpt);
7273}
7274
7275static void
7276do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
7277{
7278 delete_breakpoint (b);
7279}
7280
7281struct cleanup *
7282make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
7283{
7284 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
7285}
7286
7287void
7288delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
7289{
7290 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7291
7292 dont_repeat ();
7293
7294 if (arg == 0)
7295 {
7296 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
7297
7298 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
7299 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
7300 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
7301 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7302 {
7303 if (b->type != bp_call_dummy &&
7304 b->type != bp_shlib_event &&
7305 b->type != bp_thread_event &&
7306 b->type != bp_overlay_event &&
7307 b->number >= 0)
7308 {
7309 breaks_to_delete = 1;
7310 break;
7311 }
7312 }
7313
7314 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
7315 if (!from_tty
7316 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
7317 {
7318 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7319 {
7320 if (b->type != bp_call_dummy &&
7321 b->type != bp_shlib_event &&
7322 b->type != bp_thread_event &&
7323 b->type != bp_overlay_event &&
7324 b->number >= 0)
7325 delete_breakpoint (b);
7326 }
7327 }
7328 }
7329 else
7330 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, delete_breakpoint);
7331}
7332
7333static int
7334all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
7335{
7336 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
7337 if (!loc->shlib_disabled)
7338 return 0;
7339 return 1;
7340}
7341
7342/* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
7343 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
7344 Null names are ignored. */
7345
7346static int
7347ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
7348{
7349 struct bp_location *l;
7350 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
7351 (int (*) (const void *, const void *)) streq,
7352 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
7353
7354 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
7355 {
7356 const char **slot;
7357 const char *name = l->function_name;
7358
7359 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
7360 if (name == NULL)
7361 continue;
7362
7363 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
7364 INSERT);
7365 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never returns
7366 NULL. */
7367 if (*slot != NULL)
7368 {
7369 htab_delete (htab);
7370 return 1;
7371 }
7372 *slot = name;
7373 }
7374
7375 htab_delete (htab);
7376 return 0;
7377}
7378
7379static void
7380update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
7381 struct symtabs_and_lines sals)
7382{
7383 int i;
7384 char *s;
7385 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
7386
7387 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations
7388 are pending, don't do anything. This optimizes
7389 the common case where all locations are in the same
7390 shared library, that was unloaded. We'd like to
7391 retain the location, so that when the library
7392 is loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled
7393 status of the individual locations. */
7394 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
7395 return;
7396
7397 b->loc = NULL;
7398
7399 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7400 {
7401 struct bp_location *new_loc =
7402 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, b->type, &(sals.sals[i]));
7403
7404 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
7405 old symtab. */
7406 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
7407 {
7408 struct gdb_exception e;
7409
7410 s = b->cond_string;
7411 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7412 {
7413 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
7414 0);
7415 }
7416 if (e.reason < 0)
7417 {
7418 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition for breakpoint %d: %s"),
7419 b->number, e.message);
7420 new_loc->enabled = 0;
7421 }
7422 }
7423
7424 if (b->source_file != NULL)
7425 xfree (b->source_file);
7426 if (sals.sals[i].symtab == NULL)
7427 b->source_file = NULL;
7428 else
7429 b->source_file =
7430 savestring (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename,
7431 strlen (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename));
7432
7433 if (b->line_number == 0)
7434 b->line_number = sals.sals[i].line;
7435 }
7436
7437 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing breakpoints. */
7438 {
7439 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
7440 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
7441 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
7442 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
7443 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
7444 often enough until a better solution is found. */
7445 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
7446
7447 for (; e; e = e->next)
7448 {
7449 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
7450 {
7451 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
7452 if (have_ambiguous_names)
7453 {
7454 for (; l; l = l->next)
7455 if (e->address == l->address)
7456 {
7457 l->enabled = 0;
7458 break;
7459 }
7460 }
7461 else
7462 {
7463 for (; l; l = l->next)
7464 if (l->function_name
7465 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
7466 {
7467 l->enabled = 0;
7468 break;
7469 }
7470 }
7471 }
7472 }
7473 }
7474
7475 update_global_location_list (1);
7476}
7477
7478
7479/* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
7480 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
7481 Unused in this case. */
7482
7483static int
7484breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
7485{
7486 /* get past catch_errs */
7487 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
7488 struct value *mark;
7489 int i;
7490 int not_found = 0;
7491 int *not_found_ptr = &not_found;
7492 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {};
7493 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
7494 char *s;
7495 enum enable_state save_enable;
7496 struct gdb_exception e;
7497
7498
7499 switch (b->type)
7500 {
7501 case bp_none:
7502 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
7503 b->number);
7504 return 0;
7505 case bp_breakpoint:
7506 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7507 case bp_catch_load:
7508 case bp_catch_unload:
7509 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
7510 {
7511 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
7512 delete_breakpoint (b);
7513 return 0;
7514 }
7515
7516 set_language (b->language);
7517 input_radix = b->input_radix;
7518 s = b->addr_string;
7519 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7520 {
7521 sals = decode_line_1 (&s, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL,
7522 not_found_ptr);
7523 }
7524 if (e.reason < 0)
7525 {
7526 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
7527 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing
7528 will fail until the right shared library is loaded.
7529 User has already told to create pending breakpoints and
7530 don't need extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
7531 state, then user already saw the message about that breakpoint
7532 being disabled, and don't want to see more errors. */
7533 if (not_found
7534 && (b->condition_not_parsed
7535 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
7536 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
7537 not_found_and_ok = 1;
7538
7539 if (!not_found_and_ok)
7540 {
7541 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
7542 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
7543 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
7544 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
7545 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
7546 which approach is better. */
7547 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7548 throw_exception (e);
7549 }
7550 }
7551
7552 if (not_found)
7553 break;
7554
7555 gdb_assert (sals.nelts == 1);
7556 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[0]);
7557 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
7558 {
7559 char *cond_string = 0;
7560 int thread = -1;
7561 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
7562 &cond_string, &thread);
7563 if (cond_string)
7564 b->cond_string = cond_string;
7565 b->thread = thread;
7566 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7567 }
7568 expanded = expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[0]);
7569 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded);
7570
7571 xfree (sals.sals);
7572 break;
7573
7574 case bp_watchpoint:
7575 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7576 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7577 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7578 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global variables,
7579 or it can be on local variables.
7580
7581 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even persist
7582 across program restarts. Since they can use variables from shared
7583 libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries are loaded
7584 and unloaded.
7585
7586 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
7587 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local and
7588 a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint, but
7589 unloading of a shared library will make the expression invalid.
7590 This is not a very common use case, but we still re-evaluate
7591 expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
7592
7593 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
7594 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
7595 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
7596 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
7597
7598 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
7599 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
7600
7601 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
7602 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
7603 update_watchpoint (b, 1 /* reparse */);
7604 break;
7605 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
7606 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
7607 loaded. */
7608 case bp_catch_fork:
7609 case bp_catch_vfork:
7610 case bp_catch_exec:
7611 break;
7612
7613 default:
7614 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b->type);
7615 /* fall through */
7616 /* Delete overlay event breakpoints; they will be reset later by
7617 breakpoint_re_set. */
7618 case bp_overlay_event:
7619 delete_breakpoint (b);
7620 break;
7621
7622 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
7623 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
7624 case bp_shlib_event:
7625
7626 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
7627 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
7628 case bp_thread_event:
7629
7630 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
7631 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
7632 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
7633 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
7634 case bp_until:
7635 case bp_finish:
7636 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7637 case bp_call_dummy:
7638 case bp_step_resume:
7639 case bp_longjmp:
7640 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7641 break;
7642 }
7643
7644 return 0;
7645}
7646
7647/* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
7648void
7649breakpoint_re_set (void)
7650{
7651 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7652 enum language save_language;
7653 int save_input_radix;
7654
7655 save_language = current_language->la_language;
7656 save_input_radix = input_radix;
7657 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7658 {
7659 /* Format possible error msg */
7660 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
7661 b->number);
7662 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
7663 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
7664 do_cleanups (cleanups);
7665 }
7666 set_language (save_language);
7667 input_radix = save_input_radix;
7668
7669 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
7670}
7671\f
7672/* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
7673
7674 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
7675 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
7676void
7677breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
7678{
7679 if (b->thread != -1)
7680 {
7681 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
7682 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7683 }
7684}
7685
7686/* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
7687 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
7688 which ends with a period (no newline). */
7689
7690void
7691set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
7692{
7693 struct breakpoint *b;
7694
7695 if (count < 0)
7696 count = 0;
7697
7698 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7699 if (b->number == bptnum)
7700 {
7701 b->ignore_count = count;
7702 if (from_tty)
7703 {
7704 if (count == 0)
7705 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time breakpoint %d is reached."),
7706 bptnum);
7707 else if (count == 1)
7708 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
7709 bptnum);
7710 else
7711 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d crossings of breakpoint %d."),
7712 count, bptnum);
7713 }
7714 breakpoints_changed ();
7715 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
7716 return;
7717 }
7718
7719 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
7720}
7721
7722/* Clear the ignore counts of all breakpoints. */
7723void
7724breakpoint_clear_ignore_counts (void)
7725{
7726 struct breakpoint *b;
7727
7728 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7729 b->ignore_count = 0;
7730}
7731
7732/* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
7733
7734static void
7735ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7736{
7737 char *p = args;
7738 int num;
7739
7740 if (p == 0)
7741 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
7742
7743 num = get_number (&p);
7744 if (num == 0)
7745 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
7746 if (*p == 0)
7747 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
7748
7749 set_ignore_count (num,
7750 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
7751 from_tty);
7752 if (from_tty)
7753 printf_filtered ("\n");
7754}
7755\f
7756/* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
7757 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
7758
7759static void
7760map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *))
7761{
7762 char *p = args;
7763 char *p1;
7764 int num;
7765 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
7766 int match;
7767
7768 if (p == 0)
7769 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
7770
7771 while (*p)
7772 {
7773 match = 0;
7774 p1 = p;
7775
7776 num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7777 if (num == 0)
7778 {
7779 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
7780 }
7781 else
7782 {
7783 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
7784 if (b->number == num)
7785 {
7786 struct breakpoint *related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
7787 match = 1;
7788 function (b);
7789 if (related_breakpoint)
7790 function (related_breakpoint);
7791 break;
7792 }
7793 if (match == 0)
7794 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
7795 }
7796 p = p1;
7797 }
7798}
7799
7800static struct bp_location *
7801find_location_by_number (char *number)
7802{
7803 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
7804 char *p1;
7805 int bp_num;
7806 int loc_num;
7807 struct breakpoint *b;
7808 struct bp_location *loc;
7809
7810 *dot = '\0';
7811
7812 p1 = number;
7813 bp_num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7814 if (bp_num == 0)
7815 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
7816
7817 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7818 if (b->number == bp_num)
7819 {
7820 break;
7821 }
7822
7823 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
7824 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
7825
7826 p1 = dot+1;
7827 loc_num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7828 if (loc_num == 0)
7829 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
7830
7831 --loc_num;
7832 loc = b->loc;
7833 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
7834 ;
7835 if (!loc)
7836 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
7837
7838 return loc;
7839}
7840
7841
7842/* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
7843 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
7844 which ends with a period (no newline). */
7845
7846void
7847disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7848{
7849 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
7850 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
7851 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
7852 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
7853 return;
7854
7855 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
7856 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
7857 return;
7858
7859 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7860
7861 update_global_location_list (0);
7862
7863 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt->number);
7864}
7865
7866static void
7867disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7868{
7869 struct breakpoint *bpt;
7870 if (args == 0)
7871 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
7872 switch (bpt->type)
7873 {
7874 case bp_none:
7875 warning (_("attempted to disable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
7876 bpt->number);
7877 continue;
7878 case bp_breakpoint:
7879 case bp_catch_load:
7880 case bp_catch_unload:
7881 case bp_catch_fork:
7882 case bp_catch_vfork:
7883 case bp_catch_exec:
7884 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7885 case bp_watchpoint:
7886 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7887 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7888 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7889 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
7890 default:
7891 continue;
7892 }
7893 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
7894 {
7895 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
7896 if (loc)
7897 loc->enabled = 0;
7898 update_global_location_list (0);
7899 }
7900 else
7901 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, disable_breakpoint);
7902}
7903
7904static void
7905do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition)
7906{
7907 int target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
7908 struct value *mark;
7909
7910 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7911 {
7912 int i;
7913 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7914 target_resources_ok =
7915 TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
7916 i + 1, 0);
7917 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
7918 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7919 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7920 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7921 }
7922
7923 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint ||
7924 bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
7925 bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
7926 bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
7927 {
7928 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
7929
7930 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
7931 if (bpt->exp_valid_block != NULL)
7932 {
7933 struct frame_info *fr =
7934 fr = frame_find_by_id (bpt->watchpoint_frame);
7935 if (fr == NULL)
7936 {
7937 printf_filtered (_("\
7938Cannot enable watchpoint %d because the block in which its expression\n\
7939is valid is not currently in scope.\n"), bpt->number);
7940 return;
7941 }
7942 select_frame (fr);
7943 }
7944
7945 if (bpt->val)
7946 value_free (bpt->val);
7947 mark = value_mark ();
7948 fetch_watchpoint_value (bpt->exp, &bpt->val, NULL, NULL);
7949 if (bpt->val)
7950 release_value (bpt->val);
7951 bpt->val_valid = 1;
7952
7953 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
7954 bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
7955 bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
7956 {
7957 int i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bpt->type, &other_type_used);
7958 int mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bpt->val);
7959
7960 /* Hack around 'unused var' error for some targets here */
7961 (void) mem_cnt, (void) i;
7962 target_resources_ok = TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (
7963 bpt->type, i + mem_cnt, other_type_used);
7964 /* we can consider of type is bp_hardware_watchpoint, convert to
7965 bp_watchpoint in the following condition */
7966 if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7967 {
7968 printf_filtered (_("\
7969Cannot enable watchpoint %d because target watch resources\n\
7970have been allocated for other watchpoints.\n"), bpt->number);
7971 value_free_to_mark (mark);
7972 return;
7973 }
7974 }
7975
7976 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
7977 value_free_to_mark (mark);
7978 }
7979
7980 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
7981 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7982 bpt->disposition = disposition;
7983 update_global_location_list (1);
7984 breakpoints_changed ();
7985
7986 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt->number);
7987}
7988
7989
7990void
7991enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7992{
7993 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, bpt->disposition);
7994}
7995
7996/* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
7997 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
7998 in stopping the inferior. */
7999
8000static void
8001enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8002{
8003 struct breakpoint *bpt;
8004 if (args == 0)
8005 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
8006 switch (bpt->type)
8007 {
8008 case bp_none:
8009 warning (_("attempted to enable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
8010 bpt->number);
8011 continue;
8012 case bp_breakpoint:
8013 case bp_catch_load:
8014 case bp_catch_unload:
8015 case bp_catch_fork:
8016 case bp_catch_vfork:
8017 case bp_catch_exec:
8018 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
8019 case bp_watchpoint:
8020 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8021 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8022 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8023 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
8024 default:
8025 continue;
8026 }
8027 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
8028 {
8029 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
8030 if (loc)
8031 loc->enabled = 1;
8032 update_global_location_list (1);
8033 }
8034 else
8035 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_breakpoint);
8036}
8037
8038static void
8039enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
8040{
8041 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_disable);
8042}
8043
8044static void
8045enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8046{
8047 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_once_breakpoint);
8048}
8049
8050static void
8051enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
8052{
8053 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_del);
8054}
8055
8056static void
8057enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8058{
8059 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_delete_breakpoint);
8060}
8061\f
8062static void
8063set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
8064{
8065}
8066
8067static void
8068show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
8069{
8070}
8071
8072/* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
8073
8074struct symtabs_and_lines
8075decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int funfirstline)
8076{
8077 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
8078 if (string == 0)
8079 error (_("Empty line specification."));
8080 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
8081 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
8082 default_breakpoint_symtab,
8083 default_breakpoint_line,
8084 (char ***) NULL, NULL);
8085 else
8086 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
8087 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
8088 if (*string)
8089 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
8090 return sals;
8091}
8092
8093/* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
8094 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
8095 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
8096 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
8097 someday. */
8098
8099void *
8100deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR pc)
8101{
8102 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
8103
8104 bp_tgt = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_target_info));
8105 memset (bp_tgt, 0, sizeof (struct bp_target_info));
8106
8107 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
8108 if (target_insert_breakpoint (bp_tgt) != 0)
8109 {
8110 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
8111 xfree (bp_tgt);
8112 return NULL;
8113 }
8114
8115 return bp_tgt;
8116}
8117
8118/* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
8119
8120int
8121deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (void *bp)
8122{
8123 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
8124 int ret;
8125
8126 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (bp_tgt);
8127 xfree (bp_tgt);
8128
8129 return ret;
8130}
8131
8132/* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single stepping. */
8133
8134static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
8135
8136/* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
8137
8138void
8139insert_single_step_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR next_pc)
8140{
8141 void **bpt_p;
8142
8143 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
8144 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
8145 else
8146 {
8147 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
8148 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
8149 }
8150
8151 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would be
8152 to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on the
8153 breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint. We could
8154 adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing this requires
8155 corresponding changes elsewhere where single step breakpoints are
8156 handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
8157
8158 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (next_pc);
8159 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
8160 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at 0x%s"),
8161 paddr_nz (next_pc));
8162}
8163
8164/* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
8165
8166void
8167remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
8168{
8169 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
8170
8171 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
8172 call. */
8173 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_breakpoints[0]);
8174 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
8175
8176 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
8177 {
8178 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_breakpoints[1]);
8179 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
8180 }
8181}
8182
8183/* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at PC. */
8184
8185static int
8186single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
8187{
8188 int i;
8189
8190 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
8191 {
8192 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
8193 if (bp_tgt && bp_tgt->placed_address == pc)
8194 return 1;
8195 }
8196
8197 return 0;
8198}
8199
8200int breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
8201{
8202 return always_inserted_mode;
8203}
8204
8205\f
8206/* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak commands.
8207 It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
8208 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the command. */
8209#define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
8210command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
8211LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
8212If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
8213If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
8214If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
8215With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of selected stack frame.\n\
8216This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
8217\n\
8218THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
8219CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
8220\n\
8221Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if conditional.\n\
8222\n\
8223Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
8224
8225void
8226_initialize_breakpoint (void)
8227{
8228 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
8229 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
8230 struct cmd_list_element *c;
8231
8232 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
8233
8234 breakpoint_chain = 0;
8235 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
8236 before a breakpoint is set. */
8237 breakpoint_count = 0;
8238
8239 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
8240Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
8241Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
8242 if (xdb_commands)
8243 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
8244
8245 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
8246Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
8247Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
8248With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
8249The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
8250Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
8251Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
8252then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
8253
8254 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
8255Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
8256Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
8257expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
8258
8259 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
8260Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
8261Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
8262so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
8263by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
8264\n"
8265BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
8266 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8267
8268 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
8269Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
8270Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
8271some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
8272\n"
8273BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
8274 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8275
8276 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
8277Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
8278Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
8279so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
8280\n"
8281BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
8282 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8283
8284 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8285Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8286Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8287With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
8288This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8289With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
8290 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
8291 if (xdb_commands)
8292 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8293Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8294Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8295With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
8296This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8297With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
8298
8299 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8300
8301 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8302Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8303Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8304This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8305May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
8306 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
8307
8308 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
8309Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8310If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
8311 &enablebreaklist);
8312
8313 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
8314Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8315If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
8316 &enablebreaklist);
8317
8318 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
8319Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8320If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
8321 &enablelist);
8322
8323 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
8324Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8325If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
8326 &enablelist);
8327
8328 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
8329Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8330Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8331To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8332A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."),
8333 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
8334 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8335 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8336 if (xdb_commands)
8337 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
8338Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8339Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8340To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8341A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."));
8342
8343 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
8344Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8345Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8346To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8347A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\
8348This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
8349 &disablelist);
8350
8351 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
8352Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
8353Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8354To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8355\n\
8356Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
8357The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
8358 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
8359 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
8360 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
8361 if (xdb_commands)
8362 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
8363Delete some breakpoints.\n\
8364Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8365To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
8366
8367 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
8368Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
8369Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8370To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8371This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
8372 &deletelist);
8373
8374 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
8375Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
8376Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
8377If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
8378If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
8379If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
8380\n\
8381With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
8382is executing in.\n\
8383\n\
8384See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
8385
8386 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
8387Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
8388BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
8389 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8390
8391 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
8392 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
8393 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
8394 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
8395
8396 if (xdb_commands)
8397 {
8398 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
8399 add_com_alias ("bu", "ubreak", class_breakpoint, 1);
8400 }
8401
8402 if (dbx_commands)
8403 {
8404 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
8405Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
8406 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
8407 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
8408 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
8409 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
8410 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
8411 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
8412Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8413The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8414\tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8415\twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8416The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8417the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8418breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8419address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8420\n\
8421Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8422are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8423is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8424Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8425breakpoint set."));
8426 }
8427
8428 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
8429Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8430The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8431\tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8432\twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8433The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8434the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8435breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8436address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8437\n\
8438Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8439are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8440is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8441Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8442breakpoint set."));
8443
8444 if (xdb_commands)
8445 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
8446Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8447The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8448\tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8449\twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8450The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8451the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8452breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8453address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8454\n\
8455Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8456are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8457is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8458Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8459breakpoint set."));
8460
8461 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
8462Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8463The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8464\tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8465\twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8466\tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
8467\tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
8468\tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
8469\tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
8470The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8471the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8472breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8473address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8474\n\
8475Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8476are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8477is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8478Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8479breakpoint set."),
8480 &maintenanceinfolist);
8481
8482 add_com ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
8483Set catchpoints to catch events.\n\
8484Raised signals may be caught:\n\
8485\tcatch signal - all signals\n\
8486\tcatch signal <signame> - a particular signal\n\
8487Raised exceptions may be caught:\n\
8488\tcatch throw - all exceptions, when thrown\n\
8489\tcatch throw <exceptname> - a particular exception, when thrown\n\
8490\tcatch catch - all exceptions, when caught\n\
8491\tcatch catch <exceptname> - a particular exception, when caught\n\
8492Thread or process events may be caught:\n\
8493\tcatch thread_start - any threads, just after creation\n\
8494\tcatch thread_exit - any threads, just before expiration\n\
8495\tcatch thread_join - any threads, just after joins\n\
8496Process events may be caught:\n\
8497\tcatch start - any processes, just after creation\n\
8498\tcatch exit - any processes, just before expiration\n\
8499\tcatch fork - calls to fork()\n\
8500\tcatch vfork - calls to vfork()\n\
8501\tcatch exec - calls to exec()\n\
8502Dynamically-linked library events may be caught:\n\
8503\tcatch load - loads of any library\n\
8504\tcatch load <libname> - loads of a particular library\n\
8505\tcatch unload - unloads of any library\n\
8506\tcatch unload <libname> - unloads of a particular library\n\
8507The act of your program's execution stopping may also be caught:\n\
8508\tcatch stop\n\n\
8509C++ exceptions may be caught:\n\
8510\tcatch throw - all exceptions, when thrown\n\
8511\tcatch catch - all exceptions, when caught\n\
8512Ada exceptions may be caught:\n\
8513\tcatch exception - all exceptions, when raised\n\
8514\tcatch exception <name> - a particular exception, when raised\n\
8515\tcatch exception unhandled - all unhandled exceptions, when raised\n\
8516\tcatch assert - all failed assertions, when raised\n\
8517\n\
8518Do \"help set follow-fork-mode\" for info on debugging your program\n\
8519after a fork or vfork is caught.\n\n\
8520Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."));
8521
8522 add_com ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
8523Set temporary catchpoints to catch events.\n\
8524Args like \"catch\" command.\n\
8525Like \"catch\" except the catchpoint is only temporary,\n\
8526so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"catch\" followed\n\
8527by using \"enable delete\" on the catchpoint number."));
8528
8529 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
8530Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8531A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8532an expression changes."));
8533 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
8534
8535 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
8536Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8537A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8538an expression is read."));
8539 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
8540
8541 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
8542Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8543A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8544an expression is either read or written."));
8545 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
8546
8547 add_info ("watchpoints", breakpoints_info,
8548 _("Synonym for ``info breakpoints''."));
8549
8550
8551 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
8552 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
8553 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
8554 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
8555Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
8556Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
8557If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
8558such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
8559created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
8560hardware.)"),
8561 NULL,
8562 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
8563 &setlist, &showlist);
8564
8565 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
8566
8567 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
8568Breakpoint specific settings\n\
8569Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
8570pending breakpoint behavior"),
8571 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
8572 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
8573 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
8574Breakpoint specific settings\n\
8575Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
8576pending breakpoint behavior"),
8577 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
8578 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
8579
8580 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
8581 &pending_break_support, _("\
8582Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
8583Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
8584If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
8585pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
8586an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
8587user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
8588 NULL,
8589 show_pending_break_support,
8590 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
8591 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
8592
8593 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
8594
8595 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
8596 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
8597Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
8598Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
8599If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
8600breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
8601a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
8602 NULL,
8603 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
8604 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
8605 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
8606
8607 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
8608 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
8609Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
8610Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
8611When this mode is off (which is the default), breakpoints are inserted in\n\
8612inferior when it is resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this\n\
8613mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when\n\
8614the user deletes the breakpoint."),
8615 NULL,
8616 &show_always_inserted_mode,
8617 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
8618 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
8619
8620 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
8621}
This page took 0.070493 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.